DIVISION 01

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 01 11 00 - SUMMARY OF WORKS
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

SECTION 01 11 00

SUMMARY OF WORKS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART 1 | GENERAL ............................................................................................................1

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .........................................................................................1
1.2. PROJECT INFORMATION .........................................................................................1
1.3. SCOPE OF WORK .....................................................................................................3
1.4. SPECIFICATION .........................................................................................................4
1.5. DEFINITIONS ..............................................................................................................5
1.6. DRAWINGS ...............................................................................................................7
1.7. USE OF SITE & WORK RESTRICTION..........................................................................7
1.8. TRANSPORTATION AND SHIPPING ..........................................................................8
1.9. PROTECTION OF WORK, PROPERTY AND PERSONS ..............................................8
1.10. SAFETY OF ADJOINING EXISTING BUILDINGS, ROADS, RAILWAY, SERVICES, ETC.
10
1.11. FINISHES AND APPEARANCE .................................................................................12
1.12. PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORKS .......................................................................12
1.13. PROVISIONAL SUMS ...............................................................................................12
1.14. INCONSISTENCY IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS .....................................................13
1.15. ERRORS IN COMPUTING CONTENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ...................13
1.16. TEMPORARY WORKS AND REINSTATEMENT .........................................................14
1.17. LOCATION, PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL &
PLUMBING (MEP) SERVICES .....................................................................................15
1.18. KEEPING SITE FREE FROM RUBBISH ........................................................................16
1.19. DUST CONTROL ......................................................................................................17
1.20. PEST CONTROL .......................................................................................................17
1.21. CONTRACTOR’S DESIGN .......................................................................................17
PART 2 | PRODUCTS .......................................................................................................18
NOT USED................................................................................................................18
PART 3 | EXECUTION ......................................................................................................18
NOT USED................................................................................................................18

Summary of Works Section 01 11 00 - 0

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORKS

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Particular Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply
to this section.

B. REFERENCED SECTIONS:

1. The List of related sections described in each section is not intended to

be exhaustive, it is meant for reference and guidance only by way of
assistance.

2. In case a section or part thereof is considered missing, this shall be

brought to the attention to the Engineer’s Representative.

3. When referring to a section as opposed to a particular sub-section, this

should mean to include all the sub-section under that section.

4. A full understanding and appreciation of the full provisions included in

all the specification sections and the interaction between these sections
is required. References to related sections are provided for assistance
only and no liability for any coordination issues related references which
are deemed missing from “Related Sections” or “Related Requirements
parts of the specification section shall rest with the Employer.

1.2. PROJECT INFORMATION

A. Project Identification:

Project Name: MB 1908 – VILLA (Ground +One +Roof +Service

Block+Garage)

Location: AL KHWANEEJ SECOND, Dubai, U.A.E.

Community: AL KHWANEEJ SECOND

Master Developer: Dubai Municipality

Al Riga area, Deira, P.O.Box: 67, Dubai,
United Arab Emirates

Employer: Mr. NAIYER QUDRATULLAH WAFADARI RAHAT ABAD

Summary of Works Section 01 11 00 - 1

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

P.O. Box 88 Dubai UAE

Lead Consultant MB Consultancy Architecture and Engineering

P.O. Box 88 Dubai UAE
info@mb-consultancy.com

Architect MB Consultancy Architects and Engineers

Geotechnical Surveyor: WIMPEY LABORATORIES L.L.C

P O Box 122279 Dubai UAE
T :971 4 3204717

Structural Engineer MB Consultancy Architecture and Engineering

MEP Engineer MB Consultancy Architecture and Engineering

Cost Estimator and

MB Consultancy Architecture and Engineering
Quantity Surveyor:

B. Local Authorities:
Affection Plan – Site Plan
ID Dubai Municipality
Al Riga area, Deira, P.O.Box: 67, Dubai,
Soil Report Review
United Arab Emirates
Design Exceptions Contact Center on 800900 around the clock
Final Design Approval T. +971 4 2215555

Building Permit

Sewerage Connection Dubai Municipality

Al Riga area, Deira, P.O.Box: 67, Dubai,
United Arab Emirates

TIS Approval
RTA - Roads and Transport Authority
Gate Level
P.O. Box 118899
Building Access
E: info@dm.gov.ae
Underground Services T: 971 4 2215555
NOCs (right of Way)

Traffic Dept. NOC

Fire, Life and Safety DCD - Dubai Civil Defense

Zip Code 11377, Dubai, UAE
Fax: +971 4 2611111

Telecom Operator TBA (Etisalat/du)

Summary of Works Section 01 11 00 - 2

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

Water Authority DEWA - Dubai Electricity and Water Authority

Zip Code 564 Dubai UAE

T: (+971-4) 601 9999 / 324 4444

Electricity Authority DEWA - Dubai Electricity and Water Authority

C. Fact Sheet:

MAIN BUILDING G +1+ R (13.3 m)

BUILDING HEIGHT
SERVICE BLOCK 5.4 m

PLOT NUMBER 2828020

PLOT AREA 15,546 Sq. Ft 1,444.27 m²

LEGAL GFA NA Sq. Ft NA m²

BUILT-UP AREA 15,214 Sq. Ft 1,413.42 m²

LANDSCAPE AREA 7,324.3 Sq. Ft 680.70 m²

1.3. SCOPE OF WORK

1.3.1 Construction, Completion, Testing and Commissioning, handing over and

Maintenance for one year of MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage) Project;
inclusive but not limited to the following:

A. MAIN VILLA

1. Ground Floor Including all Rooms and Spaces.

2. First Floor Including all Rooms and Spaces.

3. Roof Floor and Mechanical Area

B. SERVICE BLOCK

1. Kitchen

2. Maid`s Room

3. Laundry Room

4. Storage Rooms

Summary of Works Section 01 11 00 - 3

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

C. COVERED GARAGE

1. Entrance One

2. Entrance Two

D. Landscape, Associated roads and underground Services

1. Boundary Walls

2. Gates

3. Lightings

4. UG Water Tank and Pump room

5. Gates

1.3.2 The Work shall be included in Two stages:

A- Authorities handing over as per the approved drawings.

B- Internal and External Modification after the Authorities handing over to meet
with the Tender drawings.

Note: All contractor prices and rates shall maintain the same

1.4. SPECIFICATION

A. These specifications are a special form of technical writing produced

from master specifications.

B. Except where specifically indicated otherwise, the subject of all

Imperative statements is the Contractor.

C. Specifications are generally numbered in conformance with

Construction Specifications institute-CSI (Canada) MASTER FORMAT
System. The numbering sequence is not consecutive. Refer to Table of
Contents of Specification Sections for names and numbers of sections
included in this Project.

D. Pages are numbered separately for each section. Each section is noted
with the phrase ''End of Section" to indicate When the section is
complete.

Summary of Works Section 01 11 00 - 4

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

E. Division 1, General Requirements, of the Specification generally specifies

work and coordination that relates to the Works as a whole and shall not
be interpreted to define absolutely the limits of responsibility that must
be established between the Contractor and his Sub-contractors by their
separate agreements.

F. Where particular requirements specified in other Divisions, are in conflict

with Division 1, the former shall take precedence.

G. Ensure that Sub-contractors understand that the General and Particular

Conditions, and Division 1, apply to Sections of the Specification
governing their work.

H. Work in the Specification is divided into descriptive Divisions and

Sections, which are not intended to identify absolute contractual limits
between sub-contractors, nor between the Contractor and his
Subcontractors. The Contractor shall examine all Sections, other
documents and Drawings in order to organize division of labor and
supply of materials essential to complete the Works in all its parts.

1.5. DEFINITIONS

A. Wherever in this Specification the words "approval", “approved”,

"accepted", "direction", "directed", “selection”, “selected”, “request”,
“requested", "report”, and similar words are used, such approvals,
acceptance, directions, selections, request and reports shall be given
by the Engineer unless specifically stated otherwise. However, no
agreement or acceptance or approval, etc., by the Engineer shall
relieve the Contractor of his obligations, responsibilities and duties under
the Contract.

B. Wherever in the Specification the word "provide" is used in any form, it

shall mean that the permanent Works and temporary works concerned
shall include both supply and installation of the products required for
completion of specified work to which reference is made.
C. Wherever in the Specification the word "include" is used in any form, the
items of work listed shall not be interpreted to be restricted to only those
items that are listed.
Summary of Works Section 01 11 00 - 5
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

D. Wherever in the Specification the words "indicated" or “shown" are used

they shall apply as meaning "indicated” in the other portions of the
Contract Documents or shown in other Contract Documents, unless the
context expresses another meaning.
E. Wherever in the Specification it is required that work shall proceed or
shall meet direction, selection or request of jurisdictional authorities or
others, such direction, selection or request shall be in writing.
F. Wherever in the Specification it is specified that work shall be required
to be made good or replaced, it shall be performed without any
additional cost to the Employer.
G. Wherever in the Specification the term "exposed to view” is used it shall
refer to surfaces that are within the line of vision of persons, from any
normally accessible viewpoint, both within and outside the building.
Where any part of a surface is exposed to view, all other portions of that
surface shall also be considered as exposed to view.
H. Wherever in the Specification the term contract is used it shall mean the
Construction Contract of this project.
I. Wherever in the Specification the term Sub-contractor is used it shall
mean a specialist firm in that trade and does not necessarily imply a
contractual relationship. This definition is applicable only in the
Specification.
J. Wherever the words "observe”, "observations” used it shall mean except
as otherwise defined in greater detail, the Engineer's observation within
his legal limits. In no case shall observation by the Engineer be
interpreted as a release of the Contractor of his responsibilities to fulfill all
of the requirements of the Contract Documents.
K. Wherever the words "as necessary" are used it shall mean that the work
referred to shall be fully executed to the extent and by a method
consistent with good engineering and trade practice.
L. Words in the documents importing the singular only, also include the
plural, and vice versa where the context requires.

Summary of Works Section 01 11 00 - 6

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

M. Where any possible doubt exists as to the meaning of words or terms

used in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall refer the matter
to the Engineer for clarification.

1.6. DRAWINGS

A. Drawings are intended to convey scope of Work, General Design Intent

and indicate general and approximate location, arrangement and size
of fixtures, equipment, ducts, piping, conduits and outlets. Obtain more
accurate information about locations, arrangement and sizes from
study and coordination, of drawings, and shop drawings, including
architectural, structural, mechanical and electrical drawings, and
familiarize conditions and spaces affecting these matters before
proceeding with the Works. Where job conditions require reasonable
changes in indicated locations and arrangements, make changes at
no extra cost to Employer, but only after acceptance by Engineer,
without any compromise to the architectural design intent.

1.7. USE OF SITE & WORK RESTRICTION

A. Obtaining of additional temporary works areas outside the site

boundaries that may be required by the Contractor shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor and at his own expense.

B. The site and additional work areas shall be utilized by the Contractor
only as required by the Works.
C. Restrict construction personnel to approved site and work areas. Do
not allow unauthorized persons on the site or work areas.
D. Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by the Owner or
others unless permitted by the Engineer and then only after providing
temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:
E. Notify Engineer not less than two days in advance of proposed utility
interruptions.
F. Obtain Engineer’s written permission before proceeding with utility
interruptions.
G. Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and
vibration, odors, or other disruption with Engineer.

Summary of Works Section 01 11 00 - 7

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

H. Notify Engineer not less than two days in advance of proposed

disruptive operations.
I. Obtain Engineer’s written permission before proceeding with disruptive
operations.
J. Smoking is not permitted within the building or within 8 meters of
entrances, operable windows, or outdoor air intakes.
K. Provide identification tags for contractor personnel working on the
project site. Require personnel to utilize identification tags at all times.

1.8. TRANSPORTATION AND SHIPPING

A. Assume responsibility for making arrangements for transportation of

construction personnel and other transportation to and from the site as
may be required by the Works. Cost of such transportation shall be
included in the Contract sum.

B. Pay all charges for shipments of parcels, shop drawings, samples, other
specified submittals, and other documents and materials concerning
the works from and to the Employer and Engineer.

1.9. PROTECTION OF WORK, PROPERTY AND PERSONS

A. Provide necessary methods, supervision, materials and construction to

ensure that no soiling, staining, damage, or other disfigurement or harm
to any part of the works, materials, property, work of other contractors
and persons, results from the work in progress, and from the effects of
heat, humidity, moisture, dust and sand.

A. Exercise particular care to ensure that moisture-sensitive products are

protected from the effects of moisture, including high humidity, which
may cause damage, deterioration, dimensional variations and similar
effects, during delivery, handling, storage, and installation and until the
building mechanical systems are put in action to provide humidity levels
intended for the building during occupancy. Such products include, but
are not limited to, metals liable to oxidation; wood, including millwork,
fitments, casework, doors and flooring; cement and similar material,
incorporated in concrete, mortar and plaster. acoustic wall panels;
carpet; furnishings; mechanical and electrical equipment and fixtures
Summary of Works Section 01 11 00 - 8
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

included in the work of all divisions,

B. Keep surfaces on which finish materials will be applied free from grease,
oil and other contamination, which would be detrimental in any way to
the application of finish materials.

C. Protect glass and other finishes against heat, slag and weld spatter by
provision of adequate shielding.

D. Do not permit strippable tape or coatings to become baked on surfaces

which they protect.

E. Do not apply visible markings to surfaces exposed to view in finished

state or that receive transparent finishes.

F. Protect surfaces of completed work exposed to view from staining,

disfigurement and all other damage by restriction of access or by use of
physical means suitable to the material and surface location.

G. Schedule finishing work at end of construction when interference from

tradesmen is at a minimum.

H. Ensure that volatile fluid wastes are not disposed of in storm or sanitary
sewers or in open drain courses and use disposal methods approved by
Jurisdictional authorities.

I. Ensure that adequate precautions are taken to prevent leakage and

spillage from plumbing and mechanical work or tests that may damage
surfaces and materials.

J. Ensure that adequate controls are provided, and precautions are taken
during construction of the works to prevent damage to work in progress,
completed work and adjacent property.

K. Give constant close supervision to roofing and/or waterproofing

membranes following their installation, during the time they are
temporarily protected or exposed: to ensure that no damage occurs to
them before completion of building.

L. Ensure that physical protection and barriers to prevent traffic are

installed for waterproofing membranes Provide barricades or guards to

Summary of Works Section 01 11 00 - 9

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

prevent traffic over horizontal membranes until permanent protection is

provided. Inspect membranes before they are finally covered. Make
good damaged membranes.

M. Floors:

1. Adequately protect troweled concrete floors from damage. Take

special measures when moving heavy loads or equipment on them.

2. Keep troweled concrete floors free from oils, grease or other materials
likely to damage them, discolor them or affect bond of applied finishes.
Once the building is enclosed, keep floors as dry as possible, after curing.

3. To prevent soiling or damage to finished flooring where pedestrian traffic

occurs after the flooring is installed, install and maintain 0.152mm
polyethylene membrane or reinforced Kraft paper temporary
protection, secured in place and with joints sealed by reinforced
pressure sensitive tape.

4. install plywood panels of minimum 6mm thickness over clean

completed finish flooring materials on which further construction work is
performed or delivery of products is made, or both. Seal joints between
panels with reinforced pressure sensitive tape and maintain protection
during the course of the work.

N. Exposed Walls, Ceilings, Finish Metals, Glass, Fitments and Equipment:

1. Ensure that adequate protection to prevent damage, to exposed

surfaces of stone work, other exterior and interior wall and ceiling
surfaces, finish metals, glass, fitments and equipment is provided and
maintained during handling, storage, installation and until removal is
approved by the Engineer.

1.10. SAFETY OF ADJOINING EXISTING BUILDINGS, ROADS, RAILWAY, SERVICES,

ETC.

A. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions during the

excavation for the Works particularly those excavations which are
adjoining existing buildings, roads, services, etc., and shall protect such
buildings, roads, services, etc., from damage or collapse by means of
Summary of Works Section 01 11 00 - 10
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

temporary or permanent shoring, strutting, sheet piling or secant pile

walls or underpinning or excavations in short lengths and/or other
methods as suits the site and as approved by the Engineer. The
Contractor shall properly support all foundations, trenches, walls, floors,
etc., affecting the safety of the adjoining existing buildings, roads,
services, etc.

B. The Contractor shall alter, adapt ad maintain all such Works described
herein for the whole period of the Contract and shall finally clear away
and make good all damage done.
C. The Contractor shall be held solely responsible for the safety of the
adjoining existing buildings, roads, services, etc., and the sufficiency of
all temporary or permanent shoring., underpinning, strutting, piling, etc.
D. The construction and efficiency of the shoring, underpinning, strutting,
secant pile wall, sheet piling, etc., shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor. Should any: subsidence or any other damage occur due to
the inefficiency of the shoring, under pinning, strutting, etc. or any other
support provided, the damage shall be made good by the Contractor
at his own expense and responsibility.
E. The shoring, strutting, pilling., etc., shall be executed in such a manner
as to cause as little inconvenience as possible to adjoining owners or the
public and the Contractor shall be responsible for negotiating with the
adjoining owners, and/or Municipality the means to safeguard their
property and for the use of any portion of their land for the purpose of
executing the excavations and no claims submitted on this ground will
be entertained.
F. The Contractor shall submit a detailed method statement for his
proposed shoring and dewatering system supported by design
calculations for the approval of the Engineer (unless work has already
been carried out by another Contractor). The Contractor Shall also be
responsible to follow the local rules and regulations in this connection
and obtain the approval of the concerned Municipal and other
authorities; before commencing any dewatering, shoring and
excavation works. If the system is not approved by the Engineer, the

Summary of Works Section 01 11 00 - 11

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

Contractor shall submit revised method statement proposing an

alternative system. The Contractor shall also incorporate any comments
and modifications required by the Engineer and resubmit the same for
approval. This process shall be repeated till final approval is accorded
by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not be entitled for any additional
cost or time on account of the above revisions or the approval process.
G. Any approval accorded by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor
of any of his responsibilities or contractual obligation under this contract.
H. The Contractor shall comply with Railway Protection Code of Practice
for the Emirate of Dubai issued by RTA tor all work operations within the
Railway Protection Zone and shall follow the recommended control
measures to ensure the safe and uninterrupted operation of railway
system as outlined therein.

1.11. FINISHES AND APPEARANCE

A. Finish exposed surfaces to approval of Engineer. Color, tone, texture,

grain, pattern, smoothness, flatness, evenness, matching, transparency
and translucency of surfaces shall be to Engineer's approval.

1.12. PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORKS

A. The Contractor shall carefully protect his own finished work, the works of
his subcontractors and the works of Local Authorities (if any), up to the
time of completion and final handover of the project. The Contractor
shall be liable for the reinstatement of any work damaged during the
progress of the Works, caused by any reason whatsoever.

B. Any and all temporary barricading, diversions, enclosures as required to

suit the nature, or the works shall be provided to protect the works
including for the works of his subcontractors.

1.13. PROVISIONAL SUMS

A. A number of items have been Included as Provisional Sums. The

Employer reserves the right to either tender them separately and
delegate them to the Contractor or procure them at his end and supply
them to the Contractor for installation at his (Employer's) sole discretion.

Summary of Works Section 01 11 00 - 12

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

These sub-contractors/suppliers shall be treated as domestic sub-

contractors/ suppliers of the contractor and not as nominated sub-
contractors/ suppliers unless designated as Nominated Sub-Contractors.

B. Specifications included in this volume for items that are provided under
provisional sums are for guidance only. They are liable for changes
during the course of the Contract at the discretion of the Engineer and
the Employer.

1.14. INCONSISTENCY IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. The Contractor shall execute the Works according to the provisions of

the Contract Documents. Any work indicated in one of the documents
but omitted and/or not stated in one or more of the other documents
shall be treated as though it were included in all of them.

B. Any discrepancies between the quantities or their descriptions in the Bills

of Quantities, the Specification and/or the Tender Drawings, shall be
referred for clarifications prior to the submission of the Tender which shall
be clarified as Addendum to the Tender. Any discrepancies noted after
the Tender has been accepted shall be referred to the Engineer for a
ruling. The ruling of the Engineer shall be final and binding on the
Contractor and the Contractor shall execute the works accordingly
without any increase in cost or extension of time to the Project.

C. If the Contractor should discover that any work has been omitted from
and/or not indicated entirely or partially in all the documents, he shall
report the facts immediately to the Engineer. If the work is something
which in the opinion of the Engineer could not have been foreseen by
an experienced Contractor, the Engineer shall issue to the Contractor a
variation order stipulating the details of the work to be done.

D. Save as aforesaid in the above paragraph, no additional payment shall

be made in respect of work carried out in connection with
discrepancies among the various Contract Documents.

1.15. ERRORS IN COMPUTING CONTENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for any errors which he makes in

Summary of Works Section 01 11 00 - 13

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

computing any quantities of material and labor required or costs

involved or through any lack of knowledge of the site or
misunderstanding of anything shown or implied on the Drawings or in the
Specifications and/or the Bills of Quantities.

B. The Contractor must refer any discrepancy in the Drawings or the

Specifications to the Engineer before proceeding with any of the Works.
The decision of the Engineer as to the interpretation of the discrepancy
will be final.

C. Any item or items of work not specifically shown on the Drawings or

referred to in the Specifications, but Which would be necessary for the
proper construction of the works in accordance with the best practice
is implied and must be included for as incidental to the Contract Sum.

D. Any item for which the Contractor has not inserted a price in the Bills of
Quantities shall be deemed to be covered by other prices or rates
therein.

1.16. TEMPORARY WORKS AND REINSTATEMENT

A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain all temporary roads and
tracks including associated Traffic Signs and Security Barriers necessary
for movement of plant and materials and clear them away on
completion and make good all works damaged or disturbed.

B. The Contractor shall submit drawings and full particulars showing the site
layout of all Temporary Works to the Engineer for his approval before
commencing any works. The Engineer may require modifications to be
made if he considers them to be insufficient and the Contractor shall
give effect to such modifications but shall not be relieved of his
responsibilities for the sufficiency thereof.

C. The Contractor shall provide and maintain weather-proof sheds for

storage of materials pertinent to the Works both for his own use and for
the use of the Employer and clear them away on completion of the
Works.

D. All injury to the surface of the land, to the beds of water courses,

Summary of Works Section 01 11 00 - 14

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

projecting banks, etc., where disturbed by the Works (other than where
specifically ordered by the Engineer) shall be repaired by the
Contractor or the Authorities concerned, at the Contractor's expense.
All such making good shall be to the approval of the Engineer.

E. The requirements detailed above shall be provided and maintained at

the expense of the Contractor.

F. The Employer shall not be liable for loss or injury of/or due to any
Temporary Works.

1.17. LOCATION, PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF MECHANICAL,

ELECTRICAL & PLUMBING (MEP) SERVICES

A. The Contractor is to carefully locate, by whatever means necessary MEP

services existing above and below ground and show tie locations of
such services on suitable drawings for the approval of the Engineer.

B. At all times the MEP services to the existing buildings and facilities that
are to be demolished shall be maintained in full working order until such
time as the new MEP services are fully installed and commissioned.

C. The Contractor will be required to carefully ascertain the Employer's

requirements for the maintenance of MEP services and to carefully
coordinate the maintenance of such MEP services with the Employer's
requirements for the program and phasing of the Works.

D. The Contractor will be required to provide as part of this Tender any

additional temporary MEP services that may be required to facilities the
maintenance of the existing MEP services.

E. The Contractor is to ascertain the requirements for the maintenance of

existing roadways, accesses and pedestrian walkways as may be
required by the Employer.

F. The Contractor shall provide (as part of the work) all necessary safety
measures in order to maintain the safety of those vehicles and
pedestrians who may require the use of the maintained roadways,
accesses and pedestrian walkways.

Summary of Works Section 01 11 00 - 15

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

G. Upon completion of the works, these temporary services will either have
to be removed and the areas disturbed made good to original
conditions or left back and handed over to the employer as directed by
the Engineer.

1.18. KEEPING SITE FREE FROM RUBBISH

A. Without prejudice to what is mentioned in the Sections related to the

Execution & Close out requirements and the Final Cleaning, the premises
and the Project site shall be maintained in a reasonably neat and
orderly condition by the Contractor and his sub-contractors and be kept
free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish during the
entire construction period. The Contractor shall remove all crates,
cartons and other flammable waste materials or trash, from the work
areas at the end of each working day.

B. Floors shall be "broom-cleaned", or its equivalent, during the course of

the work. Additional cleaning of all other items which are provided as a
part of the Contract, including removal of dust, dirt, stains and finger
marks from all finished wood, metal, marble or glass surfaces, shall be
performed by the Contractor as required to the approval of the
Engineer, before handover of the works.

C. The Contractor shall be responsible for the general cleaning and

maintenance of the premises and the Project site and for the
coordination of the clean-up work of all trades. The Contractor shall
ensure that each trade shall clean and maintain its portion of the work
as required and as directed by the Engineer If the premises and job site
are not maintained properly, the Engineer, may have any
accumulations of waste materials or trash removed and deduct such
costs from payments due to the Contractor.

D. Elevator shafts, electrical pipe and duct shafts, chases, enclosed spaces
and similar spaces which are generally unfinished, shall be cleaned by
the Contractor and left free from rubbish, loose plaster, mortar drippings,
extraneous construction materials, dirt and dust, before requesting the
Engineer to make final inspection of the work.

Summary of Works Section 01 11 00 - 16

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

E. All areas of the building in which painting and finished work is to be

performed shall be cleaned by the Contractor or his sub-contractor(s)
thoroughly just prior to the start of the work, and these areas shall be
maintained in satisfactory condition for painting and finishing. This
cleaning shall include the removal of trash and rubbish from these areas;
broom cleaning of floors; the removal of any plaster, mortar, dust and
other extraneous materials from all finished surfaces, including but not
limited to, all exposed structural steel, miscellaneous metal, woodwork,
plaster, duct work, conduit and also all surfaces visible after all
permanent fixtures, grilles, registers and other such fixtures or devices are
in place.

F. The Contractor shall institute an effective program of rodent and pest

control for the entire site within the construction limits. During the
construction period, services of an experienced exterminator shall be
utilized if desired and as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall
provide suitable covered containers for all edible rubbish and shall
enforce their use by all employees. Containers shall be emptied, and
the contents removed from the site as often as required to maintain an
adequate rodent/pest control program.

1.19. DUST CONTROL

A. Provide measures approved by the Engineer to prevent accumulation

of materials generating dust at the site and to prevent the spread of
dust on the works, the site, and adjacent property.

1.20. PEST CONTROL

A. Monitor the site and the works at all times to prevent an infestation of
the works by insects, rodents and other pests.

B. Employ suitable extermination methods approved by the Engineer to

prevent potential infestation of the works by pests.

1.21. CONTRACTOR’S DESIGN

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all designs that are designated
or implied as his responsibility either directly or indirectly.

Summary of Works Section 01 11 00 - 17

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

B. The Contractor shall comply with the relevant standards and codes in
this design, adopting the design parameters specified or shown on
drawings. If the details are not readily available, he shall ascertain the
requirements from the Engineer in writing. The Contractor shall design
the elements and submit his design along with detailed design
calculation for the approval of the Engineer at least 15 days in advance
of the scheduled date of production/procurement.

C. The Contractor shall carryout any modifications/ redesign required,

based on the comments of the Engineer and resubmit for his approval.
The process will be repeated till final approval Is accorded. The
Contractor shall be responsible for any delay in the above process and
shall not be entitled for any additional costs or time on this account.

D. The Contractor shall submit a schedule of items that needs design to the
Engineer for confirmation and shall undertake the design work as
approved. No claim shall be entertained for any design requirement of
any item not listed in the scope of work, if the same is not brought to the
notice of the Engineer during the Tender period.

E. Any approval accorded by the Engineer shall not relieve the contractor
of any of his contractual responsibilities and obligations.

F. The Contractor shall warrant any of his scope’s design (When

applicable) as "Fit for purpose" and shall indemnify the Employer and
the Engineer for any failure arising from such design in terms of
reasonable skills and care. The Contractor shall provide details of his
professional indemnity insurance to cover the design work and liability
undertaken by him, to the Employer.

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

NOT USED

PART 3 | EXECUTION

NOT USED

End of Section 01 11 00

Summary of Works Section 01 11 00 - 18

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 01 25 00 - SUBSITUTION PROCEDURES
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

SECTION 01 25 00

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1 | GENERAL ............................................................................................................1
1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .........................................................................................1
1.2. DEFINITIONS ..............................................................................................................1
PART 2 | PRODUCTS .........................................................................................................1
2.1. SUBSTITUTION ............................................................................................................1
PART 3 | EXECUTION ........................................................................................................2

Substitution Procedure Section 01 25 00 - 0

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

SECTION 015000 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Particular Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply
to this section.

B. Related Sections include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

1 Division 01 Section “01 60 00 Product Requirements” for requirements

regarding submittals and substitutions of products.

1.2. DEFINITIONS

A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods

of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and
proposed by Contractor.

B. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility

of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a
qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended
by manufacturers.

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

2.1. SUBSTITUTION

A. Engineer will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the

following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not
satisfied, Engineer will return requests without action, except to record
noncompliance with these requirements:

1 Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and

will produce indicated results.

2 Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.

3 Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's

construction schedule.

Substitution Procedure Section 01 25 00 - 1

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

4 Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities

having jurisdiction.

5 Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the

Work.

6 Requested substitution provides specified warranty.

PART 3 | EXECUTION

NOT USED

End of Section 01 25 00.

Substitution Procedures Section 01 25 00 - 2

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 01 26 00 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

SECTION 01 26 00
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1 | GENERAL ............................................................................................................1
1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .........................................................................................1
1.2. SUBMITTALS ...............................................................................................................1
1.3. DOCUMENTATION OF VARIATION IN CONTRACT PRICE AND TIME ....................1
1.4. VARIATION PROCEDURE .........................................................................................2
1.5. VARIATION DIRECTIVE .............................................................................................2
1.6. VARIATION ORDER PRICE........................................................................................3
1.7. EXECUTION OF VARIATION ORDERS ......................................................................3
1.8. CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS ......................................................3
PART 2 | PRODUCTS .........................................................................................................3
PART 3 | EXECUTION ........................................................................................................4

Contract Modification Procedures Section 01 26 00 - 0

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 26 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Particular Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply
to this section.

B. Related Sections include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

1 Conditions of Contract (general and particular)

2 Section 01 33 23 “Shop drawings, Product Data, and Submittals”

3 Section 01 60 00 “Product Requirements”

4 Section 01 73 00 “Execution”

5 Section 01 77 00 “Closeout Procedures”

1.2. SUBMITTALS

A. Submit name of the individual authorized to receive variation

documents and be responsible for informing others in Contractor's
employee to the Work.

B. Variation Order Forms: Forms will be developed by the Engineer’s

Representative.

1.3. DOCUMENTATION OF VARIATION IN CONTRACT PRICE AND TIME

A. Maintain detailed records of work done on a stipulated price basis.

Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed variations,
and to substantiate costs of variations in the Work.

B. Document each quotation for a variation in cost or time with sufficient

data to allow evaluation of the quotation.

C. Provide additional data to support computations:

1 Quantities of products, labor, and equipment.

2 Taxes, insurance, and guarantees or bonds.

3 Overhead and profit.

Contract Modification Procedures Section 01 26 00 - 1
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

4 Justification /back-up for any variation in Contract Time.

5 Credit for deletions from Contract.

D. Support each claim for additional costs, and for work done on a
stipulated price basis, with additional information:

1 Title of Claim

2 Origin and date of claim.

3 Dates and times work were performed, and by whom.

4 Time records and wage rates paid.

5 Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts,

similarly documented.

1.4. VARIATION PROCEDURE

A. The Engineer may issue a Request for Proposal which includes a detailed
description of a proposed variation with supplementary or revised
Drawings and specifications, a variation in Contract Time for executing
the variation with a stipulation of any overtime work required and the
period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid.
Contractor will prepare and submit an estimate within 14 days.

B. The Engineer may issue a Request asking the Contractor to submit

alternative options for specific item(s), with all related drawings and
specifications and cost estimate/extension of time for the Engineer’s
review.

C. The Contractor may propose a variation by submitting a request for

variation to the Engineer, describing the proposed variation and its full
effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the
variation, and the effect on the Contract Price and Contract Time with
full documentation with all necessary and a statement describing the
effect on Work by separate or other contractors.

1.5. VARIATION DIRECTIVE

A. The Engineer may issue a variation Directive, signed by the Owner,

Contract Modification Procedures Section 01 26 00 - 2

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

instructing the Contractor to proceed with a variation in the Work, for

subsequent inclusion in a Variation Order.

B. The Directive will describe variations in the Work. After receiving this
Directive and within 14 days, the Contractor is to submit his price details
with all back-up including but not limited to the quotations (minimum
three), price analysis etc. for issuing a Variation Order.

C. The Contractor shall promptly execute the variation in Work following

receipt of the Directive.

1.6. VARIATION ORDER PRICE

A. Based on Proposal Request and Contractor's price quotation or

Contractor's request for a Variation or Variation Directive and
Contractor’s price details, the Engineer will determine the Variation
Order price.

1.7. EXECUTION OF VARIATION ORDERS

A. Engineer will issue Variation Orders for signatures of parties as provided

in the Conditions of the Contract. The Variation Order will detail the
authorized change and the cost and time consequences. The
Contractor shall execute the change identified on the Variation Order
and revise the contract time and or contract sum as applicable in the
payment application.

1.8. CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS

A. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms

to record each authorized Variation Order as a separate line item and
adjust the Contract Price.

B. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any variation in Contract

Time, revise sub-schedules to adjust times for other items of work
affected by the variation, and resubmit.

C. Promptly enter variations in Project Record Documents.

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

NOT USED
Contract Modification Procedures Section 01 26 00 - 3
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

PART 3 | EXECUTION

NOT USED

End of Section 01 26 00

Contract Modification Procedures Section 01 26 00 - 4

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 01 29 00 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 29 00
PAYMENT PROCEDURES

PART 1 | GENERAL ...........................................................................................................1

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .........................................................................................1
1.2. FORMAT ....................................................................................................................1
1.3. PREPARATION OF APPLICATIONS ...........................................................................1
1.4. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES .........................................................................................2
PART 2 | PRODUCTS .........................................................................................................2
PART 3 | EXECUTION ........................................................................................................2

Payment Procedures Section 01 29 00 - 0

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 29 00 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Particular Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply
to this section.

B. Related Sections include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

1 Conditions of Contract (general and particular) and Contract

Agreement

2 Section 01 25 00 “Substitution Procedures”

3 Section 01 33 23 “Shop drawings, Product Data, and Samples”

4 Section 01 77 00 “Closeout Procedures”

1.2. FORMAT

A. Application for Payment Form and other related forms to be developed

by the contractor and shall be reviewed by the Engineer/Engineer's
representative for approval.

1.3. PREPARATION OF APPLICATIONS

A. Present required information in “hard” and “soft copy” formats (no. of

copies will be agreed with the Engineer).

1 Execute application by signature of authorized personnel.

2 Use data from approved cost loaded Construction Schedule. Provide

value in each column for each item for portion of work performed and
for stored (Material on Site) Products.

3 List each authorized Variation Order as an extension on a Continuation

Sheet, listing Variation Order amount as for an original item of Work.
Insert percentage of work completed against each Variation Order.

4 List all Material on Site (Stored Products). Attach all Purchase Orders and
material Purchase invoices.
Payment Procedures Section 01 29 00 - 1
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

1.4. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. Submit one “hard copy” format original and required number of copies
in “soft copy” format of each Application for Payment with supportive
Data. Format to be approved by the Engineer.

1 Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Conditions of

Contract.

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

NOT USED

PART 3 | EXECUTION

NOT USED

End of Section 01 29 00

Payment Procedures Section 01 29 00 - 2

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 01 31 13 - PROJECT COORDINATION
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 31 13

PROJECT COORDINATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART 1 | GENERAL ............................................................................................................1

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .........................................................................................1
1.2. WORKS INCLUDED ...................................................................................................1
1.3. COORDINATION OF QA/ QC .................................................................................1
1.4. COORDINATION OF SUBMITTALS ............................................................................1
1.5. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING ..................................................2
1.6. WORKING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ...........................................................2
1.7. WARRANTIES .............................................................................................................3
1.8. GENERAL COORDINATION .....................................................................................3
1.9. ATTENDANCE AND FACILITIES TO THE NOMINATED SUB-CONTRACTORS ...........8
1.10. CHASES, CUTTING AND PATCHING ........................................................................9
1.11. SAFETY AND SECURITY ...........................................................................................10
1.12. MODEL CONTENT OF SAFETY PLAN ......................................................................10
1.13. SUBMISSION OF SAFETY PLAN ...............................................................................12
1.14. IMPLEMENTATION OF SAFETY PLAN ......................................................................12
1.15. SAFEGUARD OF LIFE AND HEALTH ........................................................................12
1.16. COORDINATION OF METHOD STATEMENT ...........................................................12
1.17. SCAFFOLDING ........................................................................................................13
1.18. CO-ORDINATION OF BUILDER’S WORK ................................................................13
1.19. SITE VISIT ..................................................................................................................13
1.20. REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) ........................................................................14
PART 2 | PRODUCTS .......................................................................................................16
PART 3 | EXECUTION ......................................................................................................16

Project Coordination Section 01 31 13 - 0

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 31 13 - PROJECT COORDINATION

PART 1 | GENERAL
1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Particular Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply
to this section.
B. Co-ordination of the Work of all Sections of the Specification as required
to complete the Works is the responsibility of the Contractor.
C. Related Sections include, but shall not be limited to, the following:
1 Section 01 31 19 “Project Meetings”
2 Section 01 33 23 “Shop drawings, Product data, and Samples”
3 Section 01 60 00 “Product Requirements”
4 Section 01 71 23 “Field Engineering”
5 Section 01 77 00 “Closeout Procedures”

1.2. WORKS INCLUDED

A. Coordination works as required for the full contract and for proper
execution of the works are the responsibility of the Contractor.

1.3. COORDINATION OF QA/ QC

A. Requirements for Regulatory Agencies:

1 Coordinate requirements of jurisdictional authorities.
B. Quality Control:
1 Ensure that works meet specified requirements.
2 Schedule supervise and coordinate quality control as specified in
Section 01 40 00 “Quality Requirements” and applicable Specification
Divisions.
C. Job records:
1 Maintain all official job records.
D. Provide coordinated shop drawings in accordance with the
requirements of Section 01 33 23 “Shop drawings, Product data, and
Samples”

1.4. COORDINATION OF SUBMITTALS

Project Coordination Section 01 31 13 - 1

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

A. Schedule and expedite specified submittals as required.

B. Revise submittals as per Engineer’s comments and make fresh
submission as specified Section 01 33 23 “Shop drawings, Product data,
and Samples”
C. Ensure that each original submission and its subsequent revisions and re-
submissions are made in a timely manner and in accordance to the
submittals schedule.

1.5. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Schedule delivery of products and provide delivery access and

unloading areas.
B. Make available areas for storage of products and construction
equipment to meet needs of Contractor and Sub-Contractors, specified
requirements, and to ensure a minimum of interference with progress of
work and relocation.
C. Make access available for transference, of stored products and
construction equipment to work areas.

1.6. WORKING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

A. It shall be the Main Contractor's responsibility to ensure that the

temperature and humidity conditions are maintained in respect of his
own works and those of the Sub- Contractors to suit the following:
1 As per the dictates of the manufacturer/ supplier/ applicator for each
and every item used in the project like, timber doors, partitions, timber
flooring, waterproofing to wet areas, painting and tapes used to cover
cracks and/or joints, false ceilings, etc. The listed items are only examples
and is not to the considered as an exhaustive list
2 Where toxic items are applied/ used.
3 Welfare of men working in enclosed areas/ cladded spaces.
4 Where flammable, explosive or otherwise hazardous items are used.
B. The exact methods used shall be subject to the approval of the
Engineer. The Contractor shall provide details of materials/ areas
requiring environmental control and a method statement of his
proposed procedures for the approval of the Engineer.

Project Coordination Section 01 31 13 - 2

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

The Contractor shall ensure that all local and international codes and
guide lines are strictly followed as applicable.
C. All costs incurred for the above including any payments/ arrangements
with local authorities in connection with the above requirements shall
be borne by the Contractor.

1.7. WARRANTIES

A. Ensure that all warranties are provided as specified in relevant

specification sections.
B. Co-ordinate warranty conditions of interconnected work and provide
an overall warranty fully covering all items of works.

1.8. GENERAL COORDINATION

A. Review Contract Documents and advise the Engineer of possible

conflicts between parts of the Works before preparation of shop
drawings, ordering of products or commencement of affected work.
B. Coordinate all work in each area and work on which subsequent work
depends to facilitate mutual progress and to prevent conflict between
parts of the works.
C. The Contractor shall note that he shall include general and special
attendance to his sub-contractors including, but not limited to, special
scaffolding required by such trades as stone work, suspended ceilings,
lifts, and special lifts and hoists required by such trades as stonework,
elevators equipment, chillers, emergency generators, air handling units,
etc.
D. Ensure that each Section makes known, for the information of other
Sections, the environmental and surface conditions required for the
execution of its work; and that each Section makes known the
sequence of others work required for installation of its work.
E. Ensure that each Section, before commencing its work, knows
requirements for subsequent work and that each Section is assisted in
the execution of its preparatory work by Sections whose work depends
upon it.
F. Concealment of Supports and Services:

Project Coordination Section 01 31 13 - 3

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

1 Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, and/or approved, conceal

from view supports, braces, pipes, ducts tubing, conduit and wiring.
2 Clarify with Engineer the intent of concealment wherever it is in doubt.
3 Ensure that concealed supports and services are installed and tested,
and approved, in ample time for installation of proper concealing
construction in accordance with construction schedule.
4 Ensure that work to be enclosed within ceiling and/or wall spaces can
be so accommodated without interference with other parts of Works.
G. Ensure that setting, drawings, templates, and all other information
necessary for the location and installation of materials, fixtures,
equipment, trenches, curbs, bases, holes, sleeves, inserts, anchors,
accessories, fastenings, connections, and access panels are provided
by each Section whose work requires co-operative location and
installation by other Sections, and that such information is
communicated by/to the applicable installer.
H. Ensure that materials supplied by one Section to be installed by another
Section are delivered well and in sample time before the installation
begins.
I. Should sections give installation information in error, or too late to
incorporate in Works, the Contractor shall be responsible for having
additional work done which is thereby made necessary without
additional cost to the Employer.
J. Remove and replace work installed in error, which is unsatisfactory for
subsequent work.
K. Coordination Drawings:
1 Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coordination drawings in
accordance with requirements in individual Sections, where installation
is not completely shown on Shop Drawings, where limited space
availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination is required to
facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated or installed by
more than one entity.

a. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a scale

large enough to indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base

Project Coordination Section 01 31 13 - 4

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

coordination drawings on standard printed data. Include the

following information, as applicable:
• Use applicable Drawings as a basis for preparation of
coordination drawings. Prepare sections, elevations, and details
as needed to describe relationship of various systems and
components.
• Coordinate the addition of trade-specific information to the
coordination drawings by multiple contractors in a sequence
that best provides for coordination of the information and
resolution of conflicts between installed components before
submitting for review.
• Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of
architectural, structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems.
• Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for
anticipated replacement of components during the life of the
installation.
• Show location and size of access doors required for access to
concealed dampers, valves, and other controls.
• Indicate required installation sequences.
• Indicate dimensions shown on the Drawings. Specifically note
dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted
equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide
alternate sketches to Engineer indicating proposed resolution of
such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations
will not be considered changes to the Contract.
b. Coordination Drawing Organization: Organize coordination
drawings as follows:
c. Floor Plans and Reflected Ceiling Plans: Show architectural and
structural elements, and mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, fire
alarm, and electrical Work. Show locations of visible ceiling-
mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. Supplement
plan drawings with section drawings where required to adequately
represent the Work.

Project Coordination Section 01 31 13 - 5

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

d. Plenum Space: Indicate sub-framing for support of ceiling and wall

systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, and related Work.
Locate components within ceiling plenum to accommodate layout
of light fixtures indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict
between light fixtures and other components.
e. Mechanical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical
rooms showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire
protection, fire alarm, and electrical equipment.
f. Structural Penetrations: Indicate penetrations and openings
required for all disciplines.
g. Slab Edge and Embedded Items: Indicate slab edge locations and
sizes and locations of embedded items for metal fabrications,
sleeves, anchor bolts, bearing plates, angles, door floor closers, slab
depressions for floor finishes, curbs and housekeeping pads, and
similar items.
h. Mechanical and Plumbing Work. Show the following:
• Sizes and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit
runs, including insulation, bracing, flanges, and support systems.
• Dimensions of major components, such as dampers, valves,
diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution
equipment.
• Fire-rated enclosures around ductwork.
i. Electrical Work. Show the following:
• Runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4-inch diameter and
larger.
• Light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector,
and other fire alarm locations.
• Panel board, switch board, switchgear, transformer, busway,
generator, and motor control center locations.
• Location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from
column center lines.
j. Fire Protection System: Show the following:
• Locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops,

Project Coordination Section 01 31 13 - 6

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

and sprinkler heads.

k. Review: Engineer will review coordination drawings to confirm that
the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the
coordination, which are the Contractor's responsibility. If the
Engineer determines that the co- ordination drawings are not being
prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, the
Engineer will so inform the Contractor, who shall make changes as
directed and resubmit.
l. Coordination Drawing Prints: Prepare coordination drawing prints in
accordance with requirements of Division 01 Section "Submittal
Procedures."
• Coordination Digital Data Files: Prepare coordination digital data
files in accordance with the following requirements:
• File Preparation Format: Same digital data software program,
version, and operating system as the original Drawings.
• File Preparation Format: DWG, Version 11, operating in Microsoft
Windows operating system.
• File Submittal Format: Submit or post coordination drawing files
using DWG and PDF.
• BIM File Incorporation: Develop and incorporate coordination
drawing files into Building Information Model.
- Perform three-dimensional component conflict analysis as
part of preparation of coordination drawings. Resolve
component conflicts prior to submittal. Indicate where
conflict resolution requires modification of design
requirements by Engineer.
• Engineer will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of the
Drawings for use in preparing coordination digital data files.
- Engineer makes no representations as to the accuracy or
complete- ness of digital data files as they relate to the
Drawings.
- Digital Data Software Program: The Drawings are available in
DWG and PDF format.

Project Coordination Section 01 31 13 - 7

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

- Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the

form of an Agreement form acceptable to the Owner and
Engineer.

1.9. ATTENDANCE AND FACILITIES TO THE NOMINATED SUB-CONTRACTORS

A. Provide all related attendance to the nominated Sub-Contractor, co-

ordinate the various works, and provide facilities as described under the
pricing preambles of the provisional sums.
B. Provide to the nominated sub-contractors the following but not limited
to:
1 Temporary Site Office:
Provide reasonable site offices and facilities depending on the nature
and volume of their Works. Provide assistance for obtaining telephone
and facsimile connections. However, all connection and running
charges for the telephone and facsimile shall be borne by the
nominated sub-contractors.
2 Storage Sheds:
Sufficient storage sheds for storing their equipment to be positioned or
work to be performed.
3 Water and Electricity:
Water & electricity required for the performance including for testing
and commissioning of their works. Irrespective of availability of main
supply.
4 Hoisting & Lifting:
Lifting including loading and unloading of all heavy equipment.
Site crane, hoists, etc. shall be shared to lift personnel and equipment
that can be handled by them.
5 Fire Proofing:
All fire proofing/sealing of all openings, penetrations, crossings,
provisions of fire barriers, etc.
6 Scaffolding:
All scaffolding required by the Sub-Contractors.
C. Builders works for the nominated sub-contractors are described in the
pricing preambles of the relevant trades and provisional sums. However,
Project Coordination Section 01 31 13 - 8
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

this is not to be considered as exhaustive and the Contractor shall

provide all builders' works that are generally provided and needed for
the completion of the Works.
D. All the above requirements shall be included by the Contractor in his
prices while pricing the same in the provisional sums.

1.10. CHASES, CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Assume responsibility for provision of built-in chases and recesses,

cutting, patching and making good in all instances when required to
complete the Works, and shall have included in the Contract Price the
cost of such work.
B. Do not endanger Works or properly by cutting, digging, or similar
activities. No Section shall cut or alter work of another Section unless
such cutting or alteration is approved by the latter Section.
C. Before cutting, drilling, or sleeving structural load-bearing element,
obtain approval from the Engineer of location and methods.
D. Cut and drill with true smooth edges and to minimum suitable
tolerances.
E. Ensure that construction is fitted lightly to ducts, pipes and conduits to
stop air movement completely. Ensure that penetrations in fire, air,
moisture, thermal or acoustic separation of the building shall pack voids
tightly with suitable insulation materials; seal air and moisture barriers,
and caulk joints as may be required to ensure that no air movement
through the penetration is possible in accordance with the design intent
of construction components, and that fire rating of fire separation is
maintained. Details and methods shall be subject to the approval of the
Engineer.
F. Sections installing the work only will perform cutting and drilling of work,
and installation of sleeves. The Section requiring cutting, drilling or
sleeving for installation of its work shall inform the Section who has
installed the work.
G. Replace, and otherwise make good, damaged work.
H. Make patches invisible in final assembly.

Project Coordination Section 01 31 13 - 9

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

1.11. SAFETY AND SECURITY

A. The Contractor shall be responsible to provide full and continued

security and safety for the site including all site facilities until the
substantial completion certificate is issued and all the works are
completed, and the Contractor has demobilized.
B. The Contractor shall nominate a qualified HSE practitioner dedicated for
the site in accordance with the client requirements.
C. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a detailed HSE plan for this
project. This plan shall be strictly implemented. The plan is to follow the
relevant Municipal Safety Code.
D. The Contractor shall adhere to and coordinate with the subcontractors
and or other persons required to be working on or near the site for proper
implementation during the execution of the works.
E. The Contractor shall be fully conversant with the HSE regulations and
requirements of the local authorities and implement them in
compliance with the governing law and regulations.
F. HSE practice shall comply with the requirement of the UAE law and
local/governing Municipality/ Authorities.
G. The Contractor shall provide but not limited to the following safely ware
for the Employer and Engineer's staff at site/visiting the site:
1 Safety helmets
2 Safety shoes
3 Safety vests
4 Protective eye glass
5 Ear protection

1.12. MODEL CONTENT OF SAFETY PLAN

A. Name and Title of Contractor’s Health and Safety practitioner

B. Scope and objectives of the HSE Plan
C. Statement of Policy and intent on health and safety signed by top
management
D. Details of HSE Responsibilities of Contractor’s Staff/ Sub-Contractor’s
Staff

Project Coordination Section 01 31 13 - 10

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

E. Process for the evaluation and approval of sub-contractor’s on health

& safety issues
F. Arrangements for surveillance of health and safety & fire issues on site
G. Identification of special Hazards & means for dealing with them
H. Details of HSE training information and awareness programs to be
followed
I. Schedule for safety audits/ inspections and corrective actions
J. Accident/ Incident investigation, analysis and reporting proposals
K. Hazard Reporting & Action Systems
L. Emergency Procedures and First Aid proposals
M. References and Detailed Health Safety Procedures
N. Housekeeping and Tidiness arrangements
O. Special procedures to be followed for the following:
1 Protective clothing
2 Overhead working
3 Scaffolding, general access, access to work places
4 Protection/Barricades to openings, edges and excavations
5 Transportation
6 Plant, Machinery and Tools
7 Cranage/ Lifting and Hoisting Equipment
8 Working at height
9 Fire prevention - fire fighting
10 Work in enclosed spaces
11 Electrical works and Temporary electrical works
12 Cylinder gases – storage – transport and use
13 Welding and gas cutting
14 Grinding Wheels
15 Cartridge operated fixing tools
16 First aid, on-site first aid room and associated trained staff, emergency
transport and hospitalization of injured persons
17 Smoking regulations
18 Training and instruction
19 Provision and correct use of safety equipment

Project Coordination Section 01 31 13 - 11

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

20 Appropriate use of known safety signs in all the jobs/tasks performed

21 Use of Hardhats and safety boots for all Site personnel, laborers and all
other persons requiring access to the site

1.13. SUBMISSION OF SAFETY PLAN

A. The Contractor shall submit an outline of the safety plan listing the main
points to be addressed under each of the above headings with his
tender documents.
B. The Contractor shall submit a fully developed Safety Plan with complete
text, flow charts and standard reporting formats, within 28 days of
receipt of the Letter of Acceptance.
C. The Engineer will review the plan and the Contractor's attention will be
drawn to any deficiencies. Final acceptance of the plan by the
Engineer will be made following corrections of deficiencies.
Commencement of work on Site will not be permitted until the plan is
accepted. However, notwithstanding the acceptance of the Plan by
Engineer, the Contractor shall bear the sole and ultimate responsibility
for the effective implementation and adequacy of the safety measures
on site.
D. The Contractor shall implement any amendment or extension of the
plan as wonk progresses as a result of experience at site.

1.14. IMPLEMENTATION OF SAFETY PLAN

A. The Contractor's HSE Practitioner is to ensure that all aspects of the

Safety Plan are fully implemented at site. The Engineer will bring to the
attention of the Contractor any situation where the plan is not being
implemented.

1.15. SAFEGUARD OF LIFE AND HEALTH

A. The Contractor shall take and apply all necessary measures for the
safeguarding of the life and health of his workmen, including the
provision and maintenance of adequate Medical First Aid Facilities
throughout the Contract Period.

1.16. COORDINATION OF METHOD STATEMENT

Project Coordination Section 01 31 13 - 12

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

A. Compile and submit a detailed Schedule of Method Statements for

works to be furnished by time including that of sub-contractors and
nominated sub-contractors in fulfillment of the responsibilities as
specified and required for completing the project Incorporate and
resubmit any modifications/comments of the Engineer.

1.17. SCAFFOLDING

A. The Contractor shall provide, erect, maintain, dismantle and clear away
at completion proper and adequate scaffolding including that required
for Sub Contractors and Specialists. Putlog holes should be made good
to match the adjacent surface as the scaffolding is dismantled. The
Contractor shall be entirely responsible for all safety precautions in
connection with the stability of the scaffolding and for its entire
sufficiency for the Work.
B. Scaffolding shall be a complete system from a manufacturer approved
by the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide shop drawings and design
calculations to prove the sufficiency of me proposed system for the
intended applications for the approval of the Engineer as and when
called for to do so. However, approval accorded by the Engineer shall
not absolve the Contractor of any of his contractual responsibilities or
obligations.

1.18. CO-ORDINATION OF BUILDER’S WORK

A. The Contractor shall co-ordinate the requirements for holes, fixings and
other similar builder's work.
B. The Contractor shall ensure that such builders work as shown on the
drawings is in accordance with his own and his sub- contractor's
requirements. Details of holes, fixings, etc., which are not shown on tile
drawings but are required by the Contractor or his sub- contractor shall
be submitted to the Engineer for his written approval. No holes or fixings
shall be formed without prior approval by the Engineer. No claim will be
entertained for this work and for any abortive work executed due to lack
of co-ordination.

1.19. SITE VISIT

Project Coordination Section 01 31 13 - 13
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

A. The Contractor shall examine the Soil Investigation Report and take into
account the recommendations therein. Similarly, he shall visit the site,
study the conditions both physically apparent and anticipated, obtain
all information about requirements arising out of the conditions before
commencing works and be responsible for any variations or extra-work
resulting from site conditions or contents of Soil investigation Report
without additional time and/or cost implications to the Contract.

1.20. REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI)

A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional

information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor
shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified.
1 Engineer will return RFIs submitted to Engineer by other entities controlled
by Contractor with no response.
2 Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in
Contractor's work or work of subcontractors.
B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item
needing information or interpretation and the following:
1 Project name.
2 Project number.
3 Date.
4 Name of Contractor.
5 Name of Engineer.
6 RFI number, numbered sequentially.
7 RFI subject.
8 Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as
appropriate.
9 Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
10 Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate.
11 Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's solution(s) impacts the
Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the
RFI.
12 Contractor's signature.
13 Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos,
Project Coordination Section 01 31 13 - 14
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other

information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation.

• Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and

de- tails of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on
attached sketches.

C. RFI Forms: Software-generated form with substantially the same content

as indicated above, acceptable to Engineer.
D. Engineer’s Action: Engineer will review each RFI, determine action
required, and respond. Allow fourteen (14) working days for Engineer's
response for each RFI. RFIs received by Engineer after 13:00 will be
considered as received the following working day.
1 The following RFIs will be returned without action:

• Requests for approval of submittals.

• Requests for approval of substitutions.
• Requests for coordination information already indicated in the
Contract Documents.
• Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract
Sum.
• Requests for interpretation of Engineer's actions on submittals.
• Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs.

2 Engineer's action may include a request for additional information, in

which case Engineer's time for response will date from time of receipt of
additional information.
E. On receipt of Engineer’s action, update the RFI log and immediately
distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and
notify Engineer with- in seven (7) days if Contractor disagrees with
response.
F. FI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by
the RFI number. Submit log weekly Use software log with not less than
the following:

• Project name.
• Name and address of Contractor.
Project Coordination Section 01 31 13 - 15
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

• Name and address of Engineer.

• RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted.
• RFI description.
• Date the RFI was submitted.
• Date Engineer's response was received.
• Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction
Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate.
• Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and
Proposal Request, as appropriate.

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

NOT USED

PART 3 | EXECUTION

NOT USED
End of Section 01 31 13

Project Coordination Section 01 31 13 - 16

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 01 32 00 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 32 00
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS:
PART 1 | GENERAL ...............................................................................................................1
1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................1
1.2. DEFINITIONS ..................................................................................................................1
1.3. SUBMITTALS ...................................................................................................................2
1.4. COORDINATION ..........................................................................................................4
PART 2 | PRODUCTS .............................................................................................................4
2.1. CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GENERAL) .......................................4
2.2. START-UP CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE........................................................................8
2.3. CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART) ...............................8
2.4. CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (CPM SCHEDULE) ............................8
2.5. SCHEDULE OF SUBMISSIONS .....................................................................................12
2.6. REPORTS .....................................................................................................................14
2.7. SPECIAL REPORTS ......................................................................................................15
PART 3 | EXECUTION..........................................................................................................15
3.1. CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE .........................................................15

Construction Progress Documentation Section 01 32 00 - 0

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 32 00 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General

and Particular Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,
apply to this section.

B. Related Sections include, but shall not be limited to the following:

1 Section 01 31 13 “Project Coordination”

2 Section 01 33 23 “Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples”

3 Section 01 40 00 “Quality Requirements”

1.2. DEFINITIONS

A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning,

scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction project.
Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and
resources.

1 Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish
on the planned early start and finish times.

2 Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the

net- work.

3 Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the

network.

B. Cost Loading: The allocation of the schedule of values for the

completion of an activity as scheduled. The sum of costs for all
activities must equal the total Contract Sum, unless otherwise
approved by Engineer.

C. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and

scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based
on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when
activities can be performed and the critical path of the Project.

Construction Progress Documentation Section 01 32 00 - 1

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

D. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities

through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall
Project duration and contains no float.

E. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity.

F. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.

1 Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Employer or
Contractor, but is a jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to
both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones and Contract
completion date.

2 Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without

adversely affecting the early start of the successor activity.

3 Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity

without adversely affecting the planned Project completion date.

G. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment

necessary for the completion of an activity as scheduled.

1.3. SUBMITTALS

A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following

format:

1 PDF and native electronic file.

2 Two paper copies.

B. Start-up construction schedule.

1 Approval of cost-loaded start-up construction schedule will not

constitute approval of schedule of values for cost-loaded activities.

C. Start-up Network Diagram: Of a size required to display entire network

for entire construction period. Show logic ties for activities.

D. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to

display entire schedule for entire construction period.

1 1. Submit a working electronic copy of schedule, using software

indicated, and labelled to comply with requirements for submittals.
Construction Progress Documentation Section 01 32 00 - 2
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

Include type of schedule (initial or updated) and date on label.

E. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit each of the

following re- ports. Format for each activity in reports shall contain
activity number, activity description, cost and resource loading,
original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date,
late start date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days.

1 Activity Report: List of all activities sorted by activity number and then
early start date, or actual start date if known.

2 Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for all activities,
sorted in ascending order by activity number and then early start date,
or actual start date if known.

3 Total Float Report: List of all activities sorted in ascending order of total
float.

4 Earnings Report: Compilation of Contractor's total earnings from the No-

tice to Proceed until most recent Application for Payment.

F. Daily Construction Reports

G. Material Location Reports: Submit at monthly intervals.

H. Field Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing field

conditions.

I. Special Reports: Submit at time of unusual event.

J. Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to

Review methods and procedures related to Contractor's construction
schedule, including, but not limited to, the following:

1 Review software limitations and content and format for reports.

2 Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update

schedule.

3 Discuss constraints, including phasing, work stages, area separations,

interim milestones.

4 Review delivery dates for Employer-furnished products.

Construction Progress Documentation Section 01 32 00 - 3

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

5 Review schedule for work of Employer's separate contracts.

6 Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals.

7 Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent testing

and inspecting agencies.

8 Review time required for completion and startup procedures.

9 Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in

schedule.

10 Review submittal requirements and procedures.

11 Review procedures for updating schedule.

1.4. COORDINATION

A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with

performance of construction activities and with scheduling and
reporting of separate contractors.

B. Coordinate Contractor's construction schedule with the schedule of

values, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and
other required schedules and reports.

1 Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work

from entities involved.

2 Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other

activities and schedule them in proper sequence.

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

2.1. CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GENERAL)

A. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to
Proceed to date of Substantial Completion.

1 Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a

schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically
authorized by Change Order.

B. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered

activity for each principal element of the Work. Comply with the
Construction Progress Documentation Section 01 32 00 - 4
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

following:

1 Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than fifteen (15)

days, unless specifically allowed by Engineer.

2 Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the

following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more
than sixty

3 (60) days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle

activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals,
purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.

4 Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated

in Division 01 “Section 01 33 23 Shop drawings, Products Data, and
Samples". Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's
construction schedule with submittal schedule.

5 Startup and Testing Time: Include not less than 15 days for startup and
testing.

6 Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date

established for Substantial Completion and allow time for Engineer's
administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial
Completion.

7 Punch/ snag List and Final Completion: Include not more than thirty (30)
days for punch/ snag list and final completion.

C. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the

Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the
sequence of the Work is affected.

1 Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase.

2 Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for
each contract.

3 Work by Employer: Include a separate activity for each portion of the

Work performed by Employer.

4 Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each

Construction Progress Documentation Section 01 32 00 - 5
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

product. Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery

date.

5 Employer-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each

product. Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery
date.

6 Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the

schedule:

a Coordination with existing construction.

b Limitations of continued occupancies.

c Uninterruptible services.

d Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion.

e Use of premises restrictions.

f Provisions for future construction.

g Seasonal variations.

h Environmental control.

7 Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major

portion of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following:

a Subcontract awards.

b Submittals.

c Purchases.

d Mockups.

e Fabrication.

f Sample testing.

g Deliveries.

h Installation.

i Tests and inspections.

j Adjusting.

Construction Progress Documentation Section 01 32 00 - 6

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

k Curing.

l Startup and placement into final use and operation.

D. Construction Areas: Identify each major area of construction for each

major portion of the Work. Indicate where each construction activity
within a major area must be sequenced or integrated with other
construction activities to provide for the following:

1 Structural completion.

2 Permanent space enclosure.

3 Completion of mechanical installation.

4 Completion of electrical installation.

5 Substantial Completion.

6 Other Constraints.

E. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in

schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed,
Substantial Completion, and final completion

F. Cost Correlation: At the head of schedule, provide a cost correlation

line, indicating planned and actual costs. On the line, show dirham
volume of the Work performed as of dates used for preparation of
payment requests.

G. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities

scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule
update. Summarize the following issues:

1 Unresolved issues.

2 Unanswered RFIs.

3 Rejected or unreturned submittals.

4 Notations on returned submittals.

H. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is

fourteen (14) or more calendar days behind the current approved
schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by
Construction Progress Documentation Section 01 32 00 - 7
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule.

Indicate changes to working hours, working days, crew sizes, and
equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which
recovery will be accomplished.

I. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version

of a program that has been developed specifically to manage
construction schedules.

1 Utilize Primavera or Microsoft Office Project for Windows operating

system (as per Engineer Representative’s approval).

2.2. START-UP CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A. Bar-Chart Schedule: Submit start-up horizontal bar-chart-type

construction schedule within seven days of date established for the
Notice to Proceed.

B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately.

Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line.
Outline significant construction activities for first ninety (90) days of
construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work
and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities.

2.3. CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART)

A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed,

horizontal Gantt-chart-type, Contractor's construction schedule within
fifteen (15) days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. Base
schedule on the start-up construction schedule and additional
information received since the start of Project.

B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately.

Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line.

1 1. For construction activities that require three months or longer to

complete, indicate an estimated completion percentage in 10 percent
increments within time bar.

2.4. CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (CPM SCHEDULE)

Construction Progress Documentation Section 01 32 00 - 8

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

A. General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity-on-node)

format.

B. Start-up Network Diagram: Submit diagram within fourteen (14) days of

date established for the Notice to Proceed. Outline significant
construction activities for the first ninety (90) days of construction.
Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash
requirement prediction based on indicated activities.

C. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's construction schedule using a

cost-and- resource-loaded, time-scaled CPM network analysis diagram
for the Work.

1 Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so

it can be accepted for use no later than sixty (60) days after date
established for the Notice to Proceed.

a Failure to include any work item required for performance of this

Contract shall not excuse Contractor from completing all work
within applicable completion dates, regardless of Engineer's
approval of the schedule.

2 Conduct educational workshops to train and inform key Project

personnel, including subcontractors' personnel, in proper methods of
providing data and using CPM schedule information.

3 Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for
reporting progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and
payment request dates.

4 Use "one workday" as the unit of time for individual activities. Indicate
nonworking days and holidays incorporated into the schedule in order
to correlate with Contract Time.

D. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to

complete the Work. Using the start-up network diagram, prepare a
skeleton network to identify probable critical paths.

1 Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements,

and relationship of each activity in relation to other activities. Include
Construction Progress Documentation Section 01 32 00 - 9
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

estimated time frames for the following activities:

a Preparation and processing of submittals.

b Mobilization and demobilization.

c Purchase of materials.

d Delivery.

e Fabrication.

f Utility interruptions.

g Installation.

h Work by Employer that may affect or be affected by Contractor's

activities.

i Testing.

j Punch/ snag list and final completion.

k Activities occurring following final completion.

2 Critical Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for
interim completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall
be consistent with Contract milestone dates.

3 Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer-

drawn, time-scaled network. Revise data reorganize activity sequences,
and re- produce as often as necessary to produce the CPM schedule
within the limitations of the Contract Time.

4 Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of
net- work; locate paths with most float near the edges.

a Subnetworks on separate sheets are permissible for activities

clearly off the critical path.

5 Cost- and Resource-Loading of CPM Schedule: Assign cost to

construction activities on the CPM schedule. Do not assign costs to
submittal activities. Obtain Engineer's approval prior to assigning costs
to fabrication and delivery activities. Assign costs under principal
subcontracts for testing and commissioning activities, operation and
Construction Progress Documentation Section 01 32 00 - 10
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

maintenance manuals, punch list activities, Project record documents,

DM Green Building Code documents and demonstration and training (if
applicable), in the amount of five (5) percent of the Contract Sum.

a Each activity cost shall reflect an appropriate value subject to

approval by Engineer.

b Total cost assigned to activities shall equal the total Contract Sum.

E. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and

concurrent with its submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using a
network fragment to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change
on the overall project schedule.

F. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a sorted

activity list indicating straight "early start-total float." Identify critical
activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following:

1 Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity.

2 Description of activity.

3 Principal events of activity.

4 Immediately preceding and succeeding activities.

5 Early and late start dates.

6 Early and late finish dates.

7 Activity duration in workdays.

8 Total float or slack time.

9 Average size of workforce.

10 Dirham value of activity (coordinated with the schedule of values).

G. Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule,

prepare tabulated reports showing the following:

1 Identification of activities that have changed.

2 Changes in early and late start dates.

3 Changes in early and late finish dates.

Construction Progress Documentation Section 01 32 00 - 11
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

4 Changes in activity durations in workdays.

5 Changes in the critical path.

6 Changes in total float or slack time.

7 Changes in the Contract Time.

H. Value Summaries: Prepare two cumulative value lists, sorted by finish

dates.

1 In first list, tabulate activity number, early finish date, dirham value, and
cumulative dirham value.

2 In second list, tabulate activity number, late finish date, dirham value,
and cumulative dirham value.

3 In subsequent issues of both lists, substitute actual finish dates for

activities completed as of list date.

4 Prepare list for ease of comparison with payment requests; coordinate

timing with progress meetings.

a In both value summary lists, tabulate "actual percent complete"

and "cumulative value completed" with total at bottom.

b Submit value summary printouts three (3) days before each

regularly scheduled progress meeting.

2.5. SCHEDULE OF SUBMISSIONS

A. Schedule of submissions shall be in a computer format acceptable to

the Engineer and shall, in addition to the information required herein,
indicate purchase order date, manufacturers lead times and date
material is due on site for incorporation in the works. This schedule shall
be updated periodically to support key dates shown on the approved
CPM schedule.

B. Preview submissions of all types (but in particular schedule sensitive

items) with the Engineer' s representative to assure acceptability in
meeting contract requirements as the "return without review” provisions
related to improper submissions will be vigorously enforced.

Construction Progress Documentation Section 01 32 00 - 12

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

C. Make submissions in a sequence in accordance with the needs of the

construction schedule and review requirements so that progress of the
works is not impeded.

D. Prepare and submit to the Engineer' s Representative for his review a

preliminary schedule of all specified and proposed submissions within
the number of days stipulated in the Contract from notice to proceed.

E. Include on schedule a brief description of each submittal. For shop,

composite and insert layout drawings, indicate proposed drawing title,
number and scale.

F. Indicate on schedule which division of the specification governs the

work included in the submission.

G. Schedule shall allow for retention of each submission with Action "B” and
above as follows:

a 25 working days in the Engineer’s and/or Engineer' s

Representative's Office

b 14 working days in the Employer' s Office.

Transmission time for submissions is not included in aforementioned

periods.

H. Indicate on schedule time allowed tor transmittal of submissions for

review, and for corrections required by reviewers' possible requests for
re-submissions.

I. Should the Engineer disagree with the submission schedule dates, he will
establish other dates necessary to maintain progress of the works that
he considers reasonable. Comply with the submission schedule as may
be amended as work progresses.

J. No extension of time will be granted due to Contractor' s failure to allow

sufficient time for the processing and review process of submissions and
re-submissions for the Engineer's approval.

K. No extension will be accorded for time incurred with submittals not

complying with the Contract specifications (rejections, resubmission,

Construction Progress Documentation Section 01 32 00 - 13

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

etc.)

2.6. REPORTS

A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report

recording the following information concerning events at Project site:

1 List of subcontractors at Project site.

2 List of separate contractors at Project site.

3 Approximate count of personnel at Project site.

4 Equipment at Project site.

5 Material deliveries.

6 High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including

presence of rain or snow.

7 Accidents.

8 Meetings and significant decisions.

9 Unusual events (refer to special reports).

10 Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.

11 Meter readings and similar recordings.

12 Emergency procedures.

13 Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.

14 Change Orders received and implemented.

15 Change Directives received and implemented.

16 Services connected and disconnected.

17 Equipment or system tests and startups.

18 Partial completions and occupancies.

19 Substantial Completions authorized.

B. Material Location Reports: At weekly intervals, prepare and submit a

comprehensive list of materials delivered to and stored at Project site.
List shall be cumulative, showing materials previously reported plus items
Construction Progress Documentation Section 01 32 00 - 14
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

recently delivered. Include with list a statement of progress on and

delivery dates for materials or items of equipment fabricated or stored
away from Project site.

C. Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference

between field conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and
submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include
a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with
recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.

2.7. SPECIAL REPORTS

A. General: Submit special reports directly to Employer / Engineer within

one day(s) of an occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties
affected by the occurrence.

B. Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant

nature occurs at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work,
prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons
participating, response by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results
or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Employer / Engineer
in advance when these events are known or predictable.

PART 3 | EXECUTION

3.1. CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals,

update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities.
Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress
meeting.

1 Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where

re- visions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule
concurrently with the report of each such meeting.

2 Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change,

including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts
and finishes, and activity durations.

Construction Progress Documentation Section 01 32 00 - 15

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

3 As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each

activity.

B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Engineer,

Employer, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and
other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule
responsibility.

1 Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.

2 When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same

parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution
when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are
no longer involved in performance of construction activities.

End of Section 01 32 00

Construction Progress Documentation Section 01 32 00 - 16

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 01 32 33 - PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 32 33
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS:
PART 1 | GENERAL ...............................................................................................................1
1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................1
1.2. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS .....................................................................................1
1.3. USAGE RIGHTS .............................................................................................................3
PART 2 | PRODUCTS .............................................................................................................4
2.1. PHOTOGRAPHIC MEDIA .............................................................................................4
2.2. WEB BASED PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION .....................................................4
PART 3 | EXECUTION............................................................................................................5
3.1. CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS ...............................................................................5
3.2. CONSTRUCTION VIDEO RECORDINGS ......................................................................7
3.3. WEB BASED CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION ........................9

Photographic Documentation Section 01 32 33 - 0

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 32 33 - PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Particular Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply
to this section.

B. Related Sections include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

1 Section 01 32 00 “Construction Progress Documentation”

2 Section 01 33 23 “Shop drawings, Product data, and Samples”

3 Section 01 77 00 “Closeout Procedures”

4 Section 01 79 00 “Demonstration & Training”

1.2. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For photographer and Web-based photographic

documentation provider.

B. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project site and building with notation of
vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph
and video recording. Indicate elevation or story of construction. Include
same information as corresponding photographic documentation.

C. Digital Photographs:

1 Digital Camera: Minimum sensor resolution of twenty (20) megapixels.

2 Format: Minimum 1600 by 1200 pixels, 600 dpi minimum, in unaltered

original files, with same aspect ratio as the sensor, uncropped, date- and
time- stamped, in folder named by date of photograph, accompanied
by key plan file.

3 Identification: Provide the following information with each image

description in file metadata tag:

a. Name of Project.

b. Name and contact information for photographer.

Photographic Documentation Section 01 32 33 - 1
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

c. Name of Engineer.

d. Name of Contractor.

e. Date photograph was taken.

f. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by com-

pass point), and elevation or story of construction.

g. Unique sequential identifier keyed to accompanying key plan.

D. Construction Photographs: Submit two prints of each photographic view

within seven days of taking photographs.

1 Format: 203-by-254-mm smooth-surface matte prints on single-weight

commercial-grade photographic paper, enclosed back to back in
clear plastic sleeves that are punched for standard three-ring binder.

2 Identification: On back of each print, provide an applied label or

rubber- stamped impression with the following information:

a. Name of Project.

b. Name and contact information for photographer.

c. Name of Engineer.

d. Name of Contractor.

e. Date photograph was taken if not date stamped by camera.

f. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by com-

pass point), and elevation or story of construction.

g. Unique sequential identifier keyed to accompanying key plan.

E. Video Recordings: Submit video recordings within seven days of

recording.

1 Submit video recordings in digital video disc format acceptable to

Engineer and by posting to Web-based photographic documentation
service provider's Web site.

2 Identification: With each submittal, provide the following information:

a. Name of Project.
Photographic Documentation Section 01 32 33 - 2
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

b. Name and address of photographer.

c. Name of Engineer.

d. Name of Contractor.

e. Date video recording was recorded.

f. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by com-

pass point), and elevation or story of construction.

g. Weather conditions at time of recording.

3 Transcript: Prepared on A4 size paper, punched and bound in heavy-

duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered binders. Mark appropriate identification
on front and spine of each binder. Include a cover sheet with same label
information as corresponding video recording. Include name of Project
and date of video recording on each page.

F. Web-Based Photographic Documentation: Submit time-lapse sequence

video recordings simultaneously with recording within seven (7) days of
recording.

1 Submit time-lapse sequence video recordings by posting to Web-based

photographic documentation service provider's Web site and monthly
on digital video disc.

2 Identification: For each recording, provide the following information:

a. Name of Project.

b. Name and contact information for photographer.

c. Name of Engineer.

d. Name of Contractor.

e. Date(s) and time(s) video recording was recorded.

f. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by com-

pass point), and elevation or story of construction.

g. Weather conditions at time of recording.

1.3. USAGE RIGHTS

Photographic Documentation Section 01 32 33 - 3

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

A. Obtain and transfer copyright usage rights from photographer to Owner

for unlimited reproduction of photographic documentation.

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

2.1. PHOTOGRAPHIC MEDIA

A. Digital Images: Provide images in JPG format, produced by a digital

camera with minimum sensor size of 20 megapixels, and at an image
resolution of not less than 1600 by 1200 pixels and 600 dpi.

B. Digital Video Recordings: Provide high-resolution, digital video disc in

format acceptable to Engineer.

2.2. WEB BASED PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION

A. Project Camera: Provide fixed exterior camera installation, mounted to

provide unobstructed view of construction site from location approved
by Architect.

1 Provide three (3) fixed-location camera(s), with the following

characteristics:

a. Static view

b. Capable of producing minimum 20.0-megapixel pictures.

c. Provide power supply, active high-speed data connection to service

provider's network, and static public IP address for each camera.

B. Wireless Hand-Held Camera: Provide portable camera system capable

of producing images complying with requirements in this Section, with
wireless transmission to service provider's network enabling a live image
stream viewable by multiple parties.

1 Provide battery charger, spare battery pack, base station hub, and
base station connections in a number and distribution adequate to
enable wire- less camera operation throughout Project site.

2 Provide power supply, active high-speed data connection to service

provider's network, and static public IP address at base station hub.
Provide power supply, conduit, and data wiring between base station

Photographic Documentation Section 01 32 33 - 4

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

hub and base station connections.

C. Web-Based Image Access: Password-protected access for Project team

administered by Contractor, providing current image access and
archival image access by date and time, with images downloadable to
viewer's device.

1 Provide public viewer open access to most recent project camera

image.

PART 3 | EXECUTION

3.1. CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS

A. Photographer: Engage a qualified photographer to take construction

photographs.

B. General: Take photographs using the maximum range of depth of field,

and that are in focus, to clearly show the Work. Photographs with blurry
or out-of-focus areas will not be accepted.

1 Maintain key plan with each set of construction photographs that

identifies each photographic location.

C. Digital Images: Submit digital images exactly as originally recorded in

the digital camera, without alteration, manipulation, editing, or
modifications using image- editing software.

1 Date and Time: Include date and time in file name for each image.

2 Field Office Images: Maintain one set of images accessible in the field
office at Project site, available at all times for reference. Identify images
in the same manner as those submitted to Engineer.

D. Preconstruction Photographs: Before starting construction, take

photographs of Project site and surrounding properties, including
existing items to remain during construction, from different vantage
points, as directed by Engineer.

1 Flag construction limits before taking construction photographs.

2 Take 20 photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to property

Photographic Documentation Section 01 32 33 - 5

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

before starting the Work.

3 Take 20 photographs of existing buildings either on or adjoining property

to accurately record physical conditions at start of construction.

4 Take additional photographs as required to record settlement or

cracking of adjacent structures, pavements, and improvements.

E. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take 30 photographs weekly, with

timing adjusted to coincide with the cut-off date associated with each
Application for Payment. Select vantage points to show status of
construction and progress since last photographs were taken.

F. Engineer-Directed Construction Photographs: From time to time,

Engineer may instruct photographer about number and frequency of
photographs and general directions on vantage points. Select actual
vantage points and take photographs to show the status of construction
and progress since last photographs were taken.

G. Time-Lapse Sequence Construction Photographs: Take 30 photographs

as indicated, to show status of construction and progress since last
photographs were taken.

1 Frequency: Take photographs weekly, with timing each month adjusted

to coincide with the cut-off date associated with each Application for
Payment.

2 Vantage Points: Following suggestions by Engineer and Contractor,

photographer to select vantage points. During each of the following
construction phases, take not less than two of the required shots from
same vantage point each time to create a time-lapse sequence as
follows:

a. Commencement of the Work, through completion of subgrade

construction.

b. Above-grade structural framing.

c. Exterior building enclosure.

d. Interior Work, through date of Substantial Completion.

Photographic Documentation Section 01 32 33 - 6

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

H. Final Completion Construction Photographs: Take 30 color photographs

after date of Substantial Completion for submission as Project record
documents. Engineer will inform photographer of desired vantage
points.

1 Do not include date stamp.

I. Additional Photographs: Engineer may request photographs in addition

to periodic photographs specified. Additional photographs will be paid
for by Change Order and are not included in the Contract Sum or in the
allowance for construction photographs.

1 Three days' notice will be given, where feasible.

2 In emergency situations, take additional photographs within 24 hours of

request.

3 Circumstances that could require additional photographs include, but

are not limited to, the following:

a. Special events planned at Project site.

b. Immediate follow-up when on-site events result in construction

damage or losses.

c. Photographs to be taken at fabrication locations away from Project

site. These photographs are not subject to unit prices or unit-cost
allowances.

d. Substantial Completion of a major phase or component of the Work.

e. Extra record photographs at time of final acceptance.

f. Owner's request for special publicity photographs.

3.2. CONSTRUCTION VIDEO RECORDINGS

A. Video Recording Photographer: Engage a qualified videographer to

record construction video recordings.

B. Recording: Mount camera on tripod before starting recording, unless

otherwise necessary to show area of construction. Display continuous
running time and date. At start of each video recording, record weather

Photographic Documentation Section 01 32 33 - 7

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

conditions from local newspaper or television and the actual

temperature reading at Project site.

C. Narration: Describe scenes on video recording by dubbing audio

narration off- site after video recording is recorded. Include description
of items being viewed, recent events, and planned activities. At each
change in location, describe vantage point, location, direction (by
compass point), and elevation or story of construction.

1 Confirm date and time at beginning and end of recording.

2 Begin each video recording with name of Project, Contractor's name,

videographer's name, and Project location.

D. Transcript: Provide a typewritten transcript of the narration. Display

images and running time captured from video recording opposite the
corresponding narration segment.

E. Preconstruction Video Recording: Before starting construction, record

video re- cording of Project site and surrounding properties from
different vantage points, as directed by Engineer.

1 Flag construction limits before recording construction video recordings.

2 Show existing conditions adjacent to Project site before starting the

Work.

3 Show existing buildings either on or adjoining Project site to accurately

record physical conditions at the start of construction.

4 Show protection efforts by Contractor.

F. Periodic Construction Video Recordings: Record video recording

monthly with timing each month adjusted to coincide with the cut-off
date associated with each Application for Payment. Select vantage
points to show status of construction and progress since last video
recordings were recorded. Minimum recording time shall be 30
minutes(s).

G. Time-Lapse Sequence Construction Video Recordings: Record video

recording to show status of construction and progress.

Photographic Documentation Section 01 32 33 - 8

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

1 Frequency: During each of the following construction phases, set up

video recorder to automatically record one frame of video recording
every five minutes, from same vantage point each time, to create a
time-lapse sequence of 30 minutes minimum in length as follows:

a. Commencement of the Work, through completion of subgrade

construction.

b. Above-grade structural framing.

c. Exterior building enclosure.

2 Timer: Provide timer to automatically start and stop video recorder so

recording occurs only during daylight construction work hours.

3 Vantage Points: Following suggestions by Engineer and Contractor,

photographer shall select vantage points.

3.3. WEB BASED CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION

A. Live Streaming Construction Site Images: Provide Web-accessible image

of current site image from fixed location camera(s), updated at 5-
minute intervals during daytime operation.

B. Time-Lapse Sequence Construction Site Recordings: Provide video

recording from a fixed-location camera to show status of construction
and progress.

1 Frequency: Record one frame of video recording every 5 minutes, from

same vantage point each time, to create a time-lapse sequence of
construction activities.

2 Timer: Provide timer to automatically start and stop video recorder so

recording occurs only during daylight construction work hours.

C. Maintain cameras and Web-based access in good working order

according to Web-based construction photographic documentation
service provider's written instructions until final completion. Provide for
service of cameras and related networking devices and software.

End of Section 01 32 33

Photographic Documentation Section 01 32 33 - 9

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 01 33 23 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 33 23
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES
TABLE OF CONTENTS:
PART 1 | GENERAL ...............................................................................................................1
1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................1
1.2. SUBMISSION TRANSMITTAL PROCEDURES ..................................................................2
1.3. SUBMISSION REVIEW AND SUBSEQUENT ACTION PROCEDURES .............................3
1.4. RE-SUBMISSIONS ...........................................................................................................6
1.5. SHOP DRAWINGS ........................................................................................................7
1.6. SAMPLES AND TESTING OF MATERIALS ....................................................................10
1.7. RECORD DRAWINGS .................................................................................................11
PART 2 | PRODUCTS ...........................................................................................................11
PART 3 | EXECUTION..........................................................................................................12

Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples Section 01 33 23 - 0

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 33 23 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Particular Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply
to this section.

B. Make submittals as specified in this section only to the Engineer's

Representative at Site. Submittals shall not be made directly by Sub-
Contractors

C. Identification and certification of Submissions:

1 Identify each submission with the name of the project, the Contractor,
the Sub-contractor, supplier or manufacturer, location and scope of
submittal application and references to related Specifications Sections,
and the date of submission. Provide on each shop drawing and sample
clear space for the review stamp and comments of reviewer and
contractor. Where a clear space cannot be provided, attach a tag or
sticker to the drawing or sample.

2 Submissions shall bear the Contractor's stamp and written certification

that they have been coordinated, checked for compliance with the
Contract and approved by the Contractor.

3 Be responsible for payment of the costs for transmission of submittals, by

courier or facsimile equipment, to and from the Contractor, and the
Employer, Engineer and Engineer's Representative.

D. Where Proprietary Products and Systems are involved, ensure that

Concerned Manufacturer(s) has reviewed the shop drawings and
details and confirmed Buildability and correctness thereof prior to
submission for Engineer approval.

E. Related Sections include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

1 Section 01 32 00 “Construction Progress Documentation”

2 Section 01 78 23 “Operations & Maintenance Data”

Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples Section 01 33 23 - 1
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

3 Section 01 78 39 “Project Record Documentation”

4 Section 01 79 00 “Demonstration & Training”

1.2. SUBMISSION TRANSMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. Accompany submissions by a transmittal form, in A4 size and in a format

and with text suitable for the project, all as approved by the Engineer.

B. Provide the following printed/ typed information on each transmittal

form:

1 Name of project and project number.

2 Name of Contractor, and when appropriate the name of the Sub-

Contractor and/or supplier or manufacturer whose submission is being
transmitted.

3 Name of Contractor’s employee responsible for Contractor's review.

4 Transmittal number which shall be consecutive throughout the works.

5 Date of Submission.

6 Number each new submission item consecutively. Add a suffix

(alphabetical or numerical but of consistent type throughout the work)
to submission number for each re submission. Suffixes shall be
consecutive.

7 Number of submitted items and a description of the item.

8 The specification section number relevant to the submission with further

reference to the paragraph number of the section if required for precise
identification. Do not make submission of items from more than one
specification section on the same transmittal form.

9 Drawing number, title and date of each shop drawing transmitted.

10 Parts, areas, etc. of the works to which samples pertain and date on
which sample product are scheduled for incorporation in the works.

11 Contractor's remarks pertinent to the submission including exceptions to

or deviations from the contract and the reasons therefore (Compliance
Statement).
Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples Section 01 33 23 - 2
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

C. Provide spaces on the transmittal forms for information to be inserted as

follows:

1 Date submission was received by Engineer's Representative.

2 Date submission is returned by Engineer's Representative.

3 Number of submitted items and a description of the item.

4 Action taken.

5 Engineer’s Representative remarks including major deviation from the

Contract or reasons for "C Action; if there are no notes on submission
itself.

D. Submissions which, in the Engineer’s Representative's opinion, are

incomplete, contain errors, or have not been checked or have been
only checked superficially will be returned for resubmission without
review.

E. Distribute finally reviewed shop drawings and samples to the installers

and provide additional submissions to the Engineer as he requests.

1.3. SUBMISSION REVIEW AND SUBSEQUENT ACTION PROCEDURES

A. Submissions will be returned by the Engineer's Representative to the

Contractor stamped or marked by the reviewer and indicating the
appropriate action to be taken by the Contractor as follows:

A ACTION

Except in cases where local jurisdictional Authority approval is required

to validate a particular submittal, fabrication, manufacture,
construction or purchasing may proceed.

Where local Jurisdictional Authority approval is required. Contractor

may not proceed with fabrication, manufacture, construction or
purchasing until such time that Jurisdictional Authority formal approval
has been obtained by the Contractor.

B ACTION

Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples Section 01 33 23 - 3

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

Except in cases where local Jurisdictional Authority approval is required

to validate a particulars submittal, fabrication manufacture,
construction or purchasing may proceed subject to the incorporation of
the Engineer's comments.

Where local Jurisdictional Authority approval is required. Contractor

may not proceed with fabrication, manufacture, construction or
purchasing until such time that Jurisdictional Authority formal approval
has been obtained by the Contractor.

If, for any reason, the Contractor cannot comply with the Engineer’s
comments, the contractor shall, make suitable revisions to the
Documents and resubmit as specified under "C" action submissions.

Contractor has 14 calendar days from date of receipt of a "B" action to

advise the Engineer as to compliance with the Engineer's comments
and to resubmit drawings evidencing such compliance in order for them
to be stamped by the Engineer with an "A” action. “B” action drawings
shall have a 14-day validity for use on site, thereafter automatically
become “C” action.

C ACTION

The Submission does not comply with Contract requirements, and

fabrication, manufacture and construction shall not proceed. The
Contractor shall make revisions and resubmit Submissions with C action
stamp will not be permitted on the site and shall not be used for the
works.

Use only A action or valid B action drawings.

Information

To be used for Product information, stamped calculations, certifications

and testing reports.

1 Failure of the Contractor to process submissions for review shall not

relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities under the Contract.

Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples Section 01 33 23 - 4

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

2 Do not proceed with work dependent on submissions until the

submissions have been verified by the Contractor and reviewed by the
Engineer. Making good work which has proceeded in error or because
of non-compliance with these requirements shall be at the Contractor's
expense. Review of submissions shall not relieve the Contractor of his
responsibility for execution of the works in accordance with Contract
Documents.

3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from

the contract or errors of any kind in the submissions or from the necessity
of furnishing work required by the Contract which may have been
omitted from the submissions reviewed by Engineer. The Engineer's
review of individual items in submissions shall not be construed as a
review of the works in accordance with Contract Documents.

4 No authorization of an increase in Contract sum or time shall be implied

by comments marked on submissions or submission transmittals by the
Engineer or Engineer's Representatives

5 Review of submissions shall not absolve the Contractor from the

responsibility of correctly locating all items in the works. Pay all costs for
revisions to work of sub-contractors and other contractors caused by
improper location in the works.

6 Whenever and wherever the Contractor proposes to make substitutions

to the specified construction method or process or proposes the use of
non-specified manufacturers' products or to deviate from the materials
specified, the Contractor must make full submissions required in the
Contract Documents. The Engineer shall evaluate such proposal as
provided tor in the submittal section and forward his recommendation
to the Employer for his consideration. The Contractor is advised that only
the Employer has the final authority to approve or reject the proposed
substitutions, alternates and/or deviations.

7 Identify each submission or part thereof where Contractor proposes any

substitution, deviation or alterative to specified materials, manufacturers
or methods of construction. Each such submission shall be
Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples Section 01 33 23 - 5
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

accompanied by a comparison of specified requirements as opposed

to the proposed substitution, deviation or alternative in a form
acceptable to the Engineer and in sufficient detail to allow evaluation
by Engineer from the submission data.

For Employer's approval of substitutions alternative and deviations:

a. Undertake and be responsible for all design changes relating

thereto.

b. Provide all revised drawings., specifications and supporting design

calculations as required for the Engineers review including any
reproducible and prints.

c. The foregoing provisions include any consequential revisions to

designs, drawings and specifications relating to the Employer's
acceptance of these substitutions and alternates.

8 The Employer shall have review time period to issue his decision thereon
as noted in contract documents.

9 The Contractor, not the Employer, shall be responsible for extra costs for
alterations to the Works caused by discrepancies, errors or omissions in
submissions irrespective of whether the submissions have been reviewed
or not.

1.4. RE-SUBMISSIONS

A. Procedures for re-submissions accompanied by transmittal forms shall be

made as specified for initial submissions except that the submission and
transmittal numbers and dates will differ.

B. Clearly indicate and identify on re-submittals the revisions requested by

the Engineer and any preceding revisions with resubmission dates that
may have been made.

C. Do not include an initial submission on a transmittal form for a

resubmission.

D. Do not included group of re-submissions on the same transmittal form.

Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples Section 01 33 23 - 6

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

E. Resubmissions shall be repeated by the Contractor until the Engineer has

indicated A action, or until the Contractor complies with the Engineer's
notations for B Action on a resubmission which has been received.

1.5. SHOP DRAWINGS

A. Submit shop drawings for which submission is required in other sections

of the specification. Include in final shop drawing submissions detailed
information, templates and installation instructions required for
incorporation and connection of the work concerned.

B. In addition to shop drawings specified in other sections, submit shop

drawings required by jurisdictional authorities in accordance with their
requirements and obtain their formal approval.

C. Check and verify dimensions and conditions at the Site as required for
shop drawing preparation and when requested by the Engineer, Sub-
contractors or other contractors for their preparation of shop drawings.
Provide such information promptly to prevent delay in the works and
submit to the Engineer as a matter of record.

D. Review shop drawings prior to submission to the Engineer, which shall

bear the stamp and signature to indicate that review has been
performed. In checking each submission, the contractor shall annotate
the shop drawings with matters relative to the works. When checking
shop drawings, verify all dimensions, quantities and field conditions.

E. Clearly indicate and identify on each submission any deviations from

the Contract documents that have been incorporated in the shop
drawings. Assume responsibility for changes made from the Contract
Drawings and specification which are not indicated, identified or
otherwise communicated in writing with the submission.

F. On each shop drawing, indicate on the aforementioned stamp under

this signature that the drawings conform to the requirements of the
Contract documents.

Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples Section 01 33 23 - 7

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

G. Incorporate only metric dimensional system utilized for drawings, except

where otherwise required by Jurisdictional Authorities in which case both
systems shall be provided.

H. Number shop drawings for each section of the works consecutively and
retain the numbering system for submission of all revisions.

I. Produce shop drawings in white paper copies and one electronic copy
on CD for reproducing more copies. Format, titles, drawing numbers,
scales and extent of details shall be as approved by the Engineer.

J. Information provided, on shop drawings shall include but shall not be

limited to the following:

1 Proposed methods of construction, manufacture and/ or fabrication

2 Fabrication and erection dimensions

3 Erection layout

4 Installation dimensions

5 Provisions for allowable construction tolerances and deflections

provided for live loading

6 Details to indicate construction arrangements of the parts and their

connections, and interconnections with other work.

7 Location and type of anchors and fastenings and the appropriate

Concealment of Fasteners and Anchors.

8 Materials and finishes

9 Physical dimensions of materials including thickness and gauges.

10 Schedule for reinforcement bending, equipment and other items.

11 Suppliers catalogues, brochures, data sheets, standard drawings,

specifications, and other, descriptive data.

12 Diagrams of systems, equipment and controls.

13 Piping, duct and conduit sys ems.

14 Descriptive names of equipment

Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples Section 01 33 23 - 8

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

15 Mechanical and electrical characteristics when applicable.

16 Relationships and installation details of mechanical and electrical

equipment lo the spaces in which they will be installed.

17 Information to verify that superimposed loads will not affect function,

appearance, and safety of the work detailed as well as of
interconnected work.

18 Assumed design loadings, dimensions and material specification for

load-bearing members.

19 Dimensions and dimensioned locations of proposed chases, sleeves,

cuts, and holes in structural members.

20 Location, trim details, construction details and size of all access panels,
covers and doors required to provide easy access to all mechanical
and electrical components. Indicate location on the coordinated
reflected ceiling plan submittals.

K. Submit one reproducible shop drawing and one print copy to the
Engineer's Representative who will mark up the reproducible with his
comments, and return the reproducible to the Contractor who shall
make a print and submit to Engineer's

L. Representative for record purposes.

M. Six copies of brochures, engineering data sheets, catalogue cuts and

standard diagrams may be substituted for shop drawings where
applicable. Provide additional copies if requested by Engineer.

N. Do not add new details or information lo shop drawings after they have
been finally reviewed. If information is added resubmit as specified
under “C” Action submission.

O. Fabricate work exactly as shown on shop drawings. If shop practice

dictates revisions, revise drawings and resubmit.

P. File one hard copy and one electronic copy on CD of each finally
revised and corrected shop drawing at site.

Q. Shop drawing review:

Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples Section 01 33 23 - 9
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

Shop drawing review is for the sole purpose of ascertaining general

conformance with the design concept. This review shall not mean that
Engineer and Engineer's representatives warrant or represent that the
information contained on the shop drawings is either accurate or
complete, responsibility for which shall remain with the Contractor and
such review shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for errors
or omissions in the shop drawings or of his responsibility for meeting
design details and all other requirements of the Contract Documents.
The Contractor is responsible for dimensions to be confirmed and
correlated at the job site for information that pertains solely to
fabrication processes or to techniques of construction and installation,
and for co-ordination of the work of all sub- contractors. The Contractor
shall not be awarded any extra time or compensation for modifications
required to design drawings as a result of co-ordination and other
modifications required during the course of the work.

1.6. SAMPLES AND TESTING OF MATERIALS

A. Samples

1 Prior to ordering or delivering any materials or manufactured items to

the Site, the name and address of the supplier(s) and, where required
by the Engineer, adequate samples, schedules and manufacturer's
certificates of all the materials and goods to be used in the Works shall
be submitted to the Engineer for approval at no extra cost to the Project.

2 In case of rejections further samples, until final approval is accorded,

shall be submitted. The Contractor shall have no claims to extra cost or
time lost due to improper submissions, the resultant rejections and the
approval process.

3 If considered necessary and ordered by the Engineer, the samples shall

be tested for compliance at the Contractor's expense in a laboratory
approved by the Engineer.

B. Testing

Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples Section 01 33 23 - 10

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the sampling, storage,

transportation and laboratory testing of products and materials as
required in the Specification.

2 The Contractor shall make available on-site necessary equipment for

the use of the Engineer for tests to be conducted al site. Example:

a Slump cone with baseplate and tamping rod.

b Thermometer suitable for measuring concrete temperature.

c Magnetic flux principle instrument for noni-destructive method of

testing paint film thickness.

d In addition, suitable experienced labor to carry out the

operations in connection with the above shall be provided by the
Contractor as required by the Engineer.

e The Contractor shall allow for the costs of compliance with the
above requirements in his unit rates.

1.7. RECORD DRAWINGS

A. The Contractor shall maintain one complete set of drawings of all

disciplines (Architectural, Structural, Electrical, Mechanical, civil,
landscaping, External works etc.), at site exclusively to note all
deviations/changes and submission at the time of completion of the
works. All changes/deviations and details such as levels of foundations,
routing of services, invert levels of pipes, cables, manholes, etc., the
position of tees, bends, clean outs and other appurtenances, details of
underground services encountered and any other relevant data,
locating dimensions where appropriate shall be accurately and neatly
recorded on these drawings as work proceeds. All changes
noted/recorded on the drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for
approval as and when the changes occur and are recorded.

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

NOT USED

Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples Section 01 33 23 - 11

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

PART 3 | EXECUTION

NOT USED

End of Section 01 33 23

Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples Section 01 33 23 - 12

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples Section 01 33 23 - 0

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 01 35 16 - ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 35 16

ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES

TABLE OF CONTENTS:
PART 1 | GENERAL ...............................................................................................................1
1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................1
1.2. DEFINITIONS ..................................................................................................................1
1.3. COORDINATION ..........................................................................................................2
1.4. PROJECT MEETINGS FOR ALTERATION WORK ...........................................................3
1.5. MATERIALS OWNERSHIP ..............................................................................................5
1.6. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS .....................................................................................6
1.7. STORAGE AND HANDLING OF SALVAGED MATERIALS ............................................6
PART 2 | PRODUCTS .............................................................................................................8
PART 3 | EXECUTION............................................................................................................8
3.1. PROTECTION ................................................................................................................8
3.2. PROTECTION FROM FIRE ...........................................................................................10
3.3. PROTECTION DURING APPLICATION OF CHEMICALS ............................................12
3.4. GENERAL ALTERATION WORK ..................................................................................12

Alteration Project Procedures Section 01 35 16 - 0

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 35 16 - ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Particular Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply
to this section.

B. Related Sections include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

1 Section 01 31 13 “Project Coordination”

2 Section 01 31 19 “Project Meetings”

3 Section 01 32 00 “Construction Progress Documentation”

4 Section 01 33 23 “Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Submittals”

5 Section 01 60 00 “Product Requirements”

6 Section 01 7300 “Execution”

7 Section 01 77 00 “Closeout Procedures”

1.2. DEFINITIONS

A. Alteration Work: This term includes remodeling, renovation, repair, and

maintenance work performed within existing spaces or on existing
surfaces as part of the Project.

B. Consolidate: To strengthen loose or deteriorated materials in place.

C. Design Reference Sample: A sample that represents the Engineer’s pre-

bid se-lection of work to be matched; it may be existing work or work
specially produced for the Project.

D. Dismantle: To remove by disassembling or detaching an item from a

surface, using gentle methods and equipment to prevent damage to
the item and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be
salvaged or reinstalled.

E. Match: To blend with adjacent construction and manifest no apparent

difference in material type, species, cut, form, detail, color, grain,

Alteration Project Procedures Section 01 35 16 - 1

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

texture, or finish; as ap-proved by Engineer.

F. Refinish: To remove existing finishes to base material and apply new finish
to match original, or as otherwise indicated.

G. Repair: To correct damage and defects, retaining existing materials,

features, and finishes. This includes patching, piecing-in, splicing,
consolidating, or other-wise reinforcing or upgrading materials.

H. Replace: To remove, duplicate, and reinstall entire item with new

material. The original item is the pattern for creating duplicates unless
otherwise indicated.

I. Replicate: To reproduce in exact detail, materials, and finish unless

otherwise indicated.

J. Reproduce: To fabricate a new item, accurate in detail to the original,

and from either the same or a similar material as the original, unless
otherwise indicated.

K. Retain: To keep existing items that are not to be removed or dismantled.

L. Strip: To remove existing finish down to base material unless otherwise

indicated.

1.3. COORDINATION

A. Alteration Work Sub schedule: A construction schedule coordinating the

sequencing and scheduling of alteration work for entire Project,
including each activity to be performed, and based on Contractor's
Construction Schedule. Secure time commitments for performing critical
construction activities from separate entities responsible for alteration
work.

1 Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain best

Work results.

2 Coordinate sequence of alteration work activities to accommodate the

following:

a. Employer's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building.

Alteration Project Procedures Section 01 35 16 - 2

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

b. Employer's partial occupancy of completed Work.

c. Other known work in progress.

d. Tests and inspections.

3 Detail sequence of alteration work, with start and end dates.

4 Utility Services: Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted.

Coordinate shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services.

5 Use of elevator and stairs.

6 Equipment Data: List gross loaded weight, axle-load distribution, and

wheel-base dimension data for mobile and heavy equipment proposed
for use in existing structure. Do not use such equipment without
certification from Contractor's professional engineer that the structure
can support the imposed loadings without damage.

B. Pedestrian and Vehicular Circulation: Coordinate alteration work with

circulation patterns within Project building(s) and site. Circulation
patterns cannot be closed off entirely and in places can be only
temporarily redirected around small areas of work. Plan and execute
the Work accordingly.

1.4. PROJECT MEETINGS FOR ALTERATION WORK

A. Preliminary Conference for Alteration Work: Before starting alteration

work, Engineer will conduct conference at Project site.

1 Attendees: In addition to representatives of Employer, Engineer, and

Contractor, testing service representative, specialists, and chemical-
cleaner manufacturer(s) shall be represented at the meeting.

2 Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress of

alteration work, including review of the following:

a. Alteration Work Sub schedule: Discuss and finalize; verify availability

of materials, specialists' personnel, equipment, and facilities needed
to make progress and avoid delays.

b. Fire-prevention plan.

Alteration Project Procedures Section 01 35 16 - 3

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

c. Governing regulations.

d. Areas where existing construction is to remain and the required

protection.

e. Hauling routes.

f. Sequence of alteration work operations.

g. Storage, protection, and accounting for salvaged and specially

fabricated items.

h. Existing conditions, staging, and structural loading limitations of are-

as where materials are stored.

i. Qualifications of personnel assigned to alteration work and assigned

duties.

j. Requirements for extent and quality of work, tolerances, and

required clearances.

k. Embedded work such as flashings and lintels, special details,

collection of waste, protection of occupants and the public, and
condition of other construction that affects the Work or will affect
the work.

3 Reporting: Record conference results and distribute copies to everyone

in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting
from conference.

B. Coordination Meetings: Conduct coordination meetings specifically for

alteration work at weekly intervals. Coordination meetings are in
addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as progress
meetings and pre-installation conferences.

4 Attendees: In addition to representatives of Employer, Engineer, and

Contractor, each specialist, supplier, installer, and other entity
concerned with progress or involved in planning, coordination, or
performance of alteration work activities shall be represented at these
meetings. All participants at conference shall be familiar with Project
and authorized to conclude matters relating to alteration work.

Alteration Project Procedures Section 01 35 16 - 4

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

5 Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous

coordination meeting. Review other items of significance that could
affect progress of alteration work. Include topics for discussion as
appropriate to status of Project.

a. Alteration Work Sub-schedule: Review progress since last

coordination meeting. Determine whether each schedule item is on
time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule. Determine how
construction behind schedule will be expedited with retention of
quality; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss
whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and
subsequent activities are completed within the Contract Time.

b. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Alteration Work Sub-

schedule after each coordination meeting where revisions to
schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule
concurrently with report of each meeting.

c. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including

re-view items listed in the "Preliminary Conference for Alteration
Work" Paragraph in this article and the following:

• Interface requirements of alteration work with another Project

Work.

• Status of submittals for alteration work.

• Access to alteration work locations.

• Effectiveness of fire-prevention plan.

• Quality and work standards of alteration work.

• Change Orders for alteration work.

6 Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in

attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from
each meeting.

1.5. MATERIALS OWNERSHIP

A. Historic items, relics, and similar objects including, but not limited to,
Alteration Project Procedures Section 01 35 16 - 5
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

corner-stones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets,

antiques, and other items of interest or value to Employer that may be
encountered or uncovered during the Work, regardless of whether they
were previously documented, re-main Employer’s property.

1 Carefully dismantle and salvage each item or object in a manner to

prevent damage and protect it from damage, then promptly deliver it
to Employer where directed at Project site.

1.6. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Alteration Work Sub-schedule:

1 Submit alteration work sub-schedule within fifteen (15) days of date

established for commencement of alteration work.

B. Preconstruction Documentation: Show pre-existing conditions of

adjoining construction and site improvements that are to remain,
including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused
by Contractor's alteration work operations.

C. Alteration Work Program: Submit 7 days before work begins.

D. Fire-Prevention Plan: Submit 7 days before work begins.

1.7. STORAGE AND HANDLING OF SALVAGED MATERIALS

A. Salvaged Materials:

1 Clean loose dirt and debris from salvaged items unless more extensive
cleaning is indicated.

2 Pack or crate items after cleaning; cushion against damage during

handling. Label contents of containers.

3 Store items in a secure area until delivery to Employer.

4 Transport items to Employer's storage area on-site.

5 Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

B. *Salvaged Materials for Reinstallation:

6 Repair and clean items for reuse as indicated.

Alteration Project Procedures Section 01 35 16 - 6

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

7 Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing; cushion against

damage during handling. Label contents of containers.

8 Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

9 Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation

requirements for new materials and equipment unless otherwise
indicated. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials
to make items functional for use indicated.

C. Existing Materials to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain

against damage and soiling from construction work. Where permitted
by Engineer, items may be dismantled and taken to a suitable,
protected storage location during construction work and reinstalled in
their original locations after alteration and other construction work in the
vicinity is complete.

D. Storage: Catalogue and store items within a weathertight enclosure

where they are protected from moisture, weather, condensation, and
freezing temperatures.

10 Identify each item for reinstallation with a non-permanent mark to

document its original location. Indicate original locations on plans,
elevations, sections, or photographs by annotating the identifying
marks.

11 Secure stored materials to protect from theft.

12 Control humidity so that it does not exceed 85 percent. Maintain

temperatures (3 deg C) or more above the dew point.

E. Storage Space:

13 Employer will arrange for limited on-site location(s) for free storage of
salvaged material. This storage space does not include security and
climate control for stored material.

14 Arrange for off-site locations for storage and protection of salvaged

material that cannot be stored and protected on-site.

F. Field Conditions

Alteration Project Procedures Section 01 35 16 - 7

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

15 Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions that affect the

Work by use of measured drawings, reconstruction photographs and
pre-construction videotapes.

a. Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 32 33

"Photographic Documentation."

16 Discrepancies: Notify Engineer of discrepancies between existing

conditions and Drawings before proceeding with removal and
dismantling work.

17 Employer's Removals: Before beginning alteration work, verify in

correspondence with Employer which items need to be removed.

18 Size Limitations in Existing Spaces: Materials, products, and equipment

used for performing the Work and for transporting debris, materials, and
products shall be of sizes that clear surfaces within existing spaces, areas,
rooms, and openings, including temporary protection, by 300 mm or
more.

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

Not Used

PART 3 | EXECUTION

3.1. PROTECTION

A. Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building,

building site, plants, and surrounding buildings from harm resulting from
alteration work.

1 Use only proven protection methods, appropriate to each area and

surface being protected.

2 Provide temporary barricades, barriers, and directional signage to

exclude the public from areas where alteration work is being performed.

3 Erect temporary barriers to form and maintain fire-egress routes.

4 Erect temporary protective covers over walkways and at points of

pedestrian and vehicular entrance and exit that must remain in service

Alteration Project Procedures Section 01 35 16 - 8

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

during alteration work.

5 Contain dust and debris generated by alteration work and prevent it

from reaching the public or adjacent surfaces.

6 Provide shoring, bracing, and supports as necessary. Do not overload

structural elements.

7 Protect floors and other surfaces along hauling routes from damage,
wear, and staining.

B. Temporary Protection of Materials to Remain:

8 Protect existing materials with temporary protections and construction.

Do not remove existing materials unless otherwise indicated.

9 Do not attach temporary protection to existing surfaces except as

indicated as part of the alteration work program.

C. Comply with each product manufacturer's written instructions for

protections and precautions. Protect against adverse effects of
products and procedures on people and adjacent materials,
components, and vegetation.

D. Utility and Communications Services:

10 Notify Employer, Engineer, authorities having jurisdiction, and entities

owning or controlling wires, conduits, pipes, and other services affected
by alteration work before commencing operations.

11 Disconnect and cap pipes and services as required by authorities

having jurisdiction, as required for alteration work.

12 Maintain existing services unless otherwise indicated; keep in service

and protect against damage during operations. Provide temporary
services during interruptions to existing utilities.

E. Existing Drains: Prior to the start of work in an area, test drainage system
to ensure that it is functioning properly. Notify Engineer immediately of
inadequate drainage or blockage. Do not begin work in an area until
the drainage system is functioning properly.

Alteration Project Procedures Section 01 35 16 - 9

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

13 Prevent solids such as adhesive or mortar residue or other debris from

entering the drainage system. Clean out drains and drain lines that
become sluggish or blocked by sand or other materials resulting from
alteration work.

14 Protect drains from pollutants. Block drains or filter out sediments,

allowing only clean water to pass.

F. Existing Roofing: Prior to the start of work in an area, install roofing

protection.

3.2. PROTECTION FROM FIRE

A. General: Follow fire-prevention plan and the following:

1 Comply with NFPA 241 (or the most relevant thereof) and Local Civil
Defense requirements unless otherwise indicated.

2 Remove and keep area free of combustibles, including rubbish, paper,

waste, and chemicals, unless necessary for the immediate work.

a. If combustible material cannot be removed, provide fire blankets to

cover such materials.

B. Heat-Generating Equipment and Combustible Materials: Comply with

the following procedures while performing work with heat-generating
equipment or combustible materials, including welding, torch-cutting,
soldering, brazing, removing paint with heat, or other operations where
open flames or implements using high heat or combustible solvents and
chemicals are anticipated:

3 Obtain Employer's approval for operations involving use of open-flame

or welding or another high-heat equipment. Notify Employer at least 72
hours before each occurrence, indicating location of such work.

4 As far as practicable, restrict heat-generating equipment to shop areas

or outside the building.

5 Do not perform work with heat-generating equipment in or near rooms

or in areas where flammable liquids or explosive vapors are present or
thought to be present. Use a combustible gas indicator test to ensure

Alteration Project Procedures Section 01 35 16 - 10

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

that the area is safe.

6 Use fireproof baffles to prevent flames, sparks, hot gases, or other high-
temperature material from reaching surrounding combustible material.

7 Prevent the spread of sparks and particles of hot metal through open
windows, doors, holes, and cracks in floors, walls, ceilings, roofs, and
other openings.

8 Consider inserting a list of specific combustible materials in "Fire Watch"

Subparagraph below.

9 Fire Watch: Before working with heat-generating equipment or

combustible materials, station personnel to serve as a fire watch at each
location where such work is performed. Fire-watch personnel shall have
the authority to enforce fire safety. Station fire watch according to NFPA
51B, NFPA 241, and as follows:

a. Train each fire watch in the proper operation of fire-control

equipment and alarms.

b. Prohibit fire-watch personnel from other work that would be a

distraction from fire-watch duties.

c. Cease work with heat-generating equipment whenever fire-watch

personnel are not present.

d. Have fire-watch personnel perform final fire-safety inspection each

day beginning no sooner than 30 minutes after conclusion of work
in each area to detect hidden or smoldering fires and to ensure that
proper fire prevention is maintained.

e. Maintain fire-watch personnel at each area of Project site until 60

minutes after conclusion of daily work.

C. Fire-Control Devices: Provide and maintain fire extinguishers, fire

blankets, and rag buckets for disposal of rags with combustible liquids.
Maintain each as suitable for the type of fire risk in each work area.
Ensure that nearby personnel and the fire-watch personnel are trained
in fire-extinguisher and blanket use.

Alteration Project Procedures Section 01 35 16 - 11

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

D. Sprinklers: Where sprinkler protection exists and is functional, maintain it

without interruption while operations are being performed. If operations
are performed close to sprinklers, shield them temporarily with guards.

10 Remove temporary guards at the end of work shifts, whenever

operations are paused, and when nearby work is complete.

3.3. PROTECTION DURING APPLICATION OF CHEMICALS

A. Protect motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building, building site,

plants, and surrounding buildings from harm or spillage resulting from
applications of chemicals and adhesives.

B. Cover adjacent surfaces with protective materials that are proven to

resist chemicals selected for Project unless chemicals being used will not
damage adjacent surfaces as indicated in alteration work program. Use
covering materials and masking agents that are waterproof and UV
resistant and that will not stain or leave residue on surfaces to which they
are applied. Apply protective materials according to manufacturer's
written instructions. Do not apply liquid masking agents or adhesives to
painted or porous surfaces. When no longer needed, promptly remove
protective materials.

C. Do not apply chemicals during winds of sufficient force to spread them

to unprotected surfaces.

D. Neutralize alkaline and acid wastes and legally dispose of off Employer's
property.

E. Collect and dispose of runoff from chemical operations by legal means

and in a manner that prevents soil contamination, soil erosion,
undermining of paving and foundations, damage to landscaping, or
water penetration into building interior.

3.4. GENERAL ALTERATION WORK

A. Have specialty work performed only by qualified specialists.

B. Ensure that supervisory personnel are present when work begins and
during its progress.

Alteration Project Procedures Section 01 35 16 - 12

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

C. Record existing work before each procedure (preconstruction) and

record progress during the work. Use digital preconstruction
documentation photographs or video recordings. Comply with
requirements in Section 01 32 33 "Photographic Documentation."

D. Perform surveys of Project site as the Work progresses to detect hazards

resulting from alterations.

E. Notify Engineer of visible changes in the integrity of material or

components whether from environmental causes including biological
attack, UV degradation, freezing, or thawing or from structural defects
including cracks, movement, or distortion.

1 Do not proceed with the work in question until directed by Engineer.

End of Section 01 35 16

Alteration Project Procedures Section 01 35 16 - 13

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 01 41 00 – REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 41 00
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS:
PART 1 | GENERAL ...........................................................................................................1
1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .........................................................................................1
1.2. DEFINITIONS ..............................................................................................................1
1.3. COORDINATION ......................................................................................................2
1.4. PROJECT MEETINGS FOR ALTERATION WORK .......................................................3
1.5. MATERIALS OWNERSHIP...........................................................................................5
1.6. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS .................................................................................6
1.7. STORAGE AND HANDLING OF SALVAGED MATERIALS ........................................6
PART 2 | PRODUCTS .........................................................................................................8
PART 3 | EXECUTION ........................................................................................................8
3.1. PROTECTION .............................................................................................................8
3.2. PROTECTION FROM FIRE ........................................................................................10
3.3. PROTECTION DURING APPLICATION OF CHEMICALS ........................................12
3.4. GENERAL ALTERATION WORK ...............................................................................12

Regulatory Requirements Section 01 41 00 - 0

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 41 00 - REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including

General and Particular Conditions and other Division 01
Specification Sections, apply to this section.

B. The Contractor shall be responsible for adherence to all

requirements of jurisdictional authorities by his personnel, Sub-
contractors, agents and suppliers.

C. Where reference is made to "local authorities", or "jurisdictional

authorities'', or "authorities having jurisdiction", or similar
terminology it shall mean all authorities who have within their
constituted powers the right to enforce the laws of the country
where the project is located.

D. Requirements of jurisdictional authorities shall apply to Works in

precedence to the requirements of the Contract Documents,
except that more stringent requirements of the Contract
Documents shall take precedence over requirements of
jurisdictional authorities.

E. Related Sections include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

1 Section 01 60 00 “Product Requirements”

2 Section 01 77 00 “Closeout Procedures”

1.2. PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS

A. Products and materials incorporation in the Works shall meet all

requirements of jurisdictional authorities as applicable.

Regulatory Requirements Section 01 41 00 - 1

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

1.3. FIRE PROTECTION

A. Adequate precaution shall be taken against fire throughout all the

Contractor's and Subcontractors' operations. Flammable material
stocks shall be kept to an absolute minimum, and, if any, shall be
properly handled and stored. Gasoline and other flammable
liquid s as well as pressurized gas tanks shall be stored in and
dispensed from safe containers. However, storage of such
containers shall not be within the building. Except as otherwise
provided herein, the Contractor shall not permit fires to be built or
open type heating devices to be used in any part of the Works.

B. Construction practices, including cutting and welding, and

protection of adjacent materials during construction shall be in
accordance with International Standard Practices fur such work.
The Contractor shall provide a sufficient number of approved
portable fire extinguishers, distributed within the building and
around the construction site.

C. The Contractor shall comply with all safety regulations and

requirements of the Public Authorities and relevant international
Engineering Practices.

D. The Contractor shall make arrangements for periodical inspection

by local fire authorities and shall cooperate with the said
Authorities to promptly carry out their recommendations.

1.4. REGULATORY AUTHORITIES REQUIREMENTS

The Contractor shall be responsible to make himself aware of all

the Local Municipality and other Regulatory/jurisdictional
Authorities’ requirements and regulations prevailing and/ or
brought into force up to the date of Contract Signature and
ensure that they are implemented to the satisfaction of the
Municipality and other Regulatory/Jurisdictional Authorities and to
Regulatory Requirements Section 01 41 00 - 2
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

the approval of the Engineer. The Contract price shall include all
costs related to compliance with such regulations.

1.5. EXPATRIATE LABOR

A. The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for the

engagement of expatriate labor and staff if required and for the
housing, health, welfare and repatriation of same and shall
conform in all respects with the conditions and requirements of
any law and of any Regulations or Orders of the Government of
the country wherein the Site is situated or any Authority which may
be applicable including any such Law, Regulation or Order
passed or made or coming into force after the date of Tender
and/or during the execution of the Works.

1.6. CUSTOMS AND LOCAL DUES

A. All state dues, toll rates, duties, fees and charges in connection
with the Works shall be deemed to be included by the Contractor
in his contract unit rates.

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

NOT USED

PART 3 | EXECUTION

NOT USED

End of Section 01 41 00

Regulatory Requirements Section 01 41 00 - 3

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 01 42 00 - REFERENCES
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 42 00
REFERENCES

TABLE OF CONTENTS:_Toc8819698
PART 1 | GENERAL ...............................................................................................................1
1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................1
1.2. UNIT OF MEASUREMENT AND ABBREVIATIONS ..........................................................4
PART 2 | PRODUCTS .............................................................................................................4
PART 3 | EXECUTION............................................................................................................4

References Section 01 42 00 - 0
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 42 00 - REFERENCES

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Particular Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply
to this section.

B. Related Sections include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

1 Section 01 33 23 “Shop drawings, Product data, and Samples”

C. Codes and reference standards referred to in the Contract Documents

shall be understood to form part of the Contract Documents.

D. Alternative reference standards produced by different standards

authorities may be specified in a Section. Standards of any of the
specified authorities will be acceptable, however, materials specified in
the Section shall be incorporated in the works from only one of the
specified standards authorities to ensure compatibility and
performance of the materials.

E. Adherence to reference standard requirements by Sub-contractors and

suppliers.

F. Where edition date is not specified, consider that references to

manufacturers and, published codes, standards and specifications are
made to the latest edition (revision or amendment) approved by the
issuing organization, current at issue of the Tender Documents.

G. Specified reference standards are intended to establish the quality of

materials and workmanship required for the works. Reference standards
published in other countries may, in the sole judgement of the Engineer,
also be acceptable provided that the Contractor furnishes sufficient
data for the Engineer to determine if the quality of materials and
workmanship at least equals or exceeds all tests prescribed by the
specified reference standard and providing that the Contractor
presents authenticated copies of such standards translated into English.

References Section 01 42 00 - 1
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

Such other reference standards may be published by but not limited to:

1 British Standards & Codes of Practice

2 American Standards - ASTM, ASHRAE, Etc.

3 DIN - German Standards Canadian Standards Association

4 UAE Fire and Life Safety Code

5 Local Jurisdictional Authorities By-laws & Orders.

Decision as to acceptability of a proposed alternative reference

standard will be solely of the Engineer.

H. Reference standards and specification are quoted in the specification

to establish minimum standards. Work of quality or of performance
characteristics that exceeds these minimum standards will be
considered to conform.

I. Should regulatory requirements or the Contract documents conflict with

specified reference standards or specifications, the more stringent in
each case shall govern.

J. Where reference is made to manufacturer's directions, instructions or

specifications they shall include full information on storing, handling,
preparing, mixing, installing, erecting, applying, or other matters
concerning the materials pertinent to their use in the works and their
relationship to materials with which they are incorporated.

K. Obtain copies of codes applicable to the works, manufacturer’s

directions, and reference standards referred to in the Contract
Documents within 45 days of signing the Contract.

L. Have a copy of each code, refence standard and specification, and

manufacturer's directions, instructions and specifications, to which
reference is made in the specification, always available and
maintained in good order at the Site, accessible for the Engineers
review. Prior to the expiry of the defect liability period, all these
documents shall be turned over to the Employer, properly and neatly
bound, labelled by specification section and in good order.
References Section 01 42 00 - 2
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

M. Standards, specification, associations, and regulatory bodies are

generally referred to throughout the specifications by their abbreviated
designations. These are, but not necessarily limited to;

1 AABC - Associated Air Balance Council

2 AAMA - Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers Association

3 AASHO - American Association of State Highway Officials

4 MSHTO - American Association of Stale Highway and Transportation

officials

5 ACI- American Concrete Institute

6 AISI - American Iron and Steel Institute

7 ANSI - American National Standard institute

8 ARI - Air-conditioning and Refrigeration Institute

9 ASHRAE - American Society of Heating Refrigeration & Air conditioning

Engineers

10 ASME - American Society of Mechanical Engineers

11 ASPB - American Society of Plumbing Engineers

12 ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials

13 AWI - Architectural Woodwork Institute

14 AWS - American Welding Society

15 BS - British Standards Institution

16 BS CP- British standards - Code of Practice

17 BSEN - European Standards -Adopted as British Standards

18 CTI - Ceramic Tile Institute

19 CENELEC - Committee European de Normalisation Electrotechnique

20 EN- Eumnorms Harmonized Standard

21 DIN- Deutshes Institute Fur Normung

22 DM- Dubai Municipality Regulations

References Section 01 42 00 - 3
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

23 IBC- international Building Code (2003).

24 FGMA - Float Glass Marketing Association

25 FS - Federal Specifications. U.S.A

26 I.E.E. E - institute of Electrical & Electronic Engineers

27 IEC - International Electrotechnical Commission

28 ISO - International Organisation for Standardisation

29 NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers-Association

30 NFPA - National Fire Protection Association

31 PCI - Precast /Prestressed Concrete Institute

32 SF - Stone Federation

33 SMACNA - Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors’ National

Association, Inc.,

34 UL (U.S.A.) - Underwriters Laboratories Incorporated

35 ULC - Underwriters Laboratory of Canada

1.2. UNIT OF MEASUREMENT AND ABBREVIATIONS

A. All units of weight and measurement shall be based on the Metric system
of Weights and Measurements except standard products which may be
expressed in nominal units of the Imperial System.

B. The metric terms and symbols occurring in the Contract Documents are
based on the "System International d'Unites (SI System)".

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

NOT USED

PART 3 | EXECUTION

NOT USED

End of Section 01 42 00.

References Section 01 42 00 - 4
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 01 43 00 - QUALITY ASSURANCE
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

References Section 01 42 00 - 0
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 43 00
QUALITY ASSURANCE
TABLE OF CONTENTS:
PART 1 | GENERAL ...............................................................................................................1
1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................1
1.2. QUALITY ASSURANCE ..................................................................................................1
PART 2 | PRODUCTS .............................................................................................................3
PART 3 | EXECUTION............................................................................................................3

References Section 01 42 00 - 0
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 43 00 - QUALITY ASSURANCE

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Particular Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply
to this section.

B. Related Sections include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

1 Section 01 33 23 “Shop drawings, Product data, and Samples”

2 Section 01 40 00 “Quality Requirements”

3 Section 01 43 39 “Mockups”

4 Section 01 60 00 “Product Requirements”

5 Section 01 70 00 “Execution & Closeout Requirement”

1.2. QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum

qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify
additional requirements.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing

products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a
record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient
production capacity to produce required units.

C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products

similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful
in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to
produce required units.

D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing,

erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to
that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction
with a record of successful in- service performance.

Quality Assurance Section 01 43 00 - 1

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is

legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and
who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind
indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for
installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar to those
indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.

F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific

construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized
experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification
requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities
indicated.

1 Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede

requirements for specialists.

G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency with the

experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated,
as documented and with additional qualifications specified in individual
Sections; and where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is
acceptable to authorities.

H. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized

representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by
manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's
products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those
indicated for this Project.

I. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized

representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by
manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are
similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

J. Retain first paragraph below if preconstruction testing is required.

Indicate in individual Specification Sections whether Employer or
Contractor engages testing agency.

Quality Assurance Section 01 43 00 - 2

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

K. Pre-construction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform

preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for
performance and test methods, comply with the following:

1 Contractor responsibilities include the following:

d. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and

construction.

e. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing

and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work.

f. Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and

laboratory mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of
products to comply with performance requirements.

g. Build site-assembled test assemblies and mockups using installers

who will perform same tasks for Project.

h. Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel,

products, and methods of construction indicated for the completed
Work.

i. When testing is complete, remove test specimens, assemblies,

mockups; do not reuse products on Project.

2 Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each

test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Engineer with
copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each
report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates
from the Contract Documents.

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

NOT USED

PART 3 | EXECUTION

NOT USED

End of Section 01 43 00.

Quality Assurance Section 01 43 00 - 3

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 01 43 39 - MOCKUPS
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 43 39
MOCKUPS
TABLE OF CONTENTS:
PART 1 | GENERAL ...............................................................................................................1
1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................1
1.2. SUMMARY ....................................................................................................................1
1.3. SUBMITTALS ...................................................................................................................1
1.4. QUALITY ASSURANCE ..................................................................................................2
1.5. SCHEDULING ................................................................................................................2
PART 2 | PRODUCTS .............................................................................................................2
2.1. MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS.................................................................................2
2.2. MOCKUPS ....................................................................................................................2
PART 3 | EXECUTION............................................................................................................6
3.1. INSTALLATION ...............................................................................................................6
3.2. MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................6
3.3. REMOVAL .....................................................................................................................6

Mockups Section 01 43 39 - 0
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 43 39 - MOCKUPS

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Particular Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply
to this section.

B. Related Sections include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

1 Section 01 32 00 “Construction Progress Documentation”

2 Section 01 33 23 “Shop drawings, Product Data, and Samples”

3 Section 01 43 00 “Quality Assurance”

4 Section 01 45 00 “Quality Control”

1.2. SUMMARY

A. Mockups are required to verify selections made under sample submittals

and to demonstrate aesthetic effects as well as qualities of materials
and execution.

1 Prior to installation/ execution of work, provide specified mockups

identical in every respect to the finished work specified;

2 In accordance with the provisions of technical specifications, provide

engineering design required to ensure the structural stability of the
mockups;

3 Mockups will be reviewed for approval and for acceptance by the

Engineer. When so approved and accepted, the mockups will become
the standard of workmanship by which subsequent work will be
evaluated.

1.3. SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data and Samples: Submit in accordance with the

requirements of each respective product section.

B. Schedule: Time schedule for the construction of mockups shall be

Mockups Section 01 43 39 - 1
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

prepared and submitted to the Engineer for review prior to construction.

C. Design Data: Engineering design calculations shall be submitted to the

Engineer confirming the structural stability of the mockups where
required.

1.4. QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Fabricator and installer Qualifications and Technical Compliance shall

be in accordance with the provisions of the specification Section for
products and materials incorporated into the mockups.

B. During the Construction of mockups/ field samples; representatives of

the manufacturers shall be present on site to coordinate installation

1.5. SCHEDULING

A. The Engineer shall be notified at the start of construction of mockups

and shall receive progress reports to allow the Engineer to schedule his
inspections.

B. Obtain the Engineer’s acceptance of mockups before commencing

the corresponding work for the Project, revise the updated Construction
Schedule to reflect required revisions to mockups.

C. Schedule field tests for performance of constructions referred to in

specification sections such as, but not limited to: windows, curtain walls
and glazing systems, stone cladding.

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

2.1. MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS

A. Materials and finishes shall comply with the requirements specified in the
various applicable of the Specifications and shall match previously
submitted and approved samples.

B. Mockups shall incorporate all related construction materials and finishes

having a visual or technical effect upon the completed work.

2.2. MOCKUPS

Mockups Section 01 43 39 - 2
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

A. General:

1 The Contractor is referred to the Specifications to ascertain the

Engineer’s requirements for samples and mock-ups.

2 In addition to these the Contractor is to provide a Job Standard for each

element of the Works for the approval of the Engineer prior to the bulk
installation of any part of the Works.

3 The Job Standards may be incorporated into the Permanent Works at

the Contractors risk.

4 The Contractor is required to obtain the Engineer’s formal sign-off for all
Job Standards provided.

5 Where required in the Specifications, the Contractor shall submit control

samples of products and materials, sections, components and finishes,
indicating color, gloss, pattern, texture and the like.

6 The Contractor shall label or mark each sample stating the product
name, manufacturer’s reference number, name of color, contact
details and date, and cross reference to transmittal number.

7 Un-labelled samples will not be accepted by the Engineer.

8 Where finishes are subject to variation, each sample shall be a set of

three samples indicating the typical finish and the limits of variation.

9 The Engineer will retain one sample and return the others to the
Contractor.

10 The Contractor shall keep its control samples on-site in a secure samples
room, cupboard or other covered and protected area.

11 Control samples of finishes shall be applied to substrates similar to the

actual substrates where practicable.

12 The Contractor shall provide additional samples where required for

testing.

13 The Contractor shall pay costs of delivering samples to and from the
Engineer’s office.

Mockups Section 01 43 39 - 3
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

14 The Engineer will take reasonable care but will not be responsible for any
loss or damage to submitted samples.

15 The Contractor shall replace any lost or damaged samples and re-
submit.

16 Where required in the Specifications, the Contractor shall submit sample

panels of the work, to establish the quality standard for installed work to
the satisfaction of the Engineer, before proceeding with the remainder
of the work.

17 Sample panels may be incorporated into the finished work unless

indicated in the Contract Specifications as not to be incorporated.
Where not incorporated in the finished work, the Contractor shall
dismantle and remove the sample panel when the remainder of the
related work has been completed.

18 The Contractor shall record the position of approved sample panels and
maintain access during the relevant work. The Contractor shall maintain
sample panels and protect from damage.

19 Where required in the Specifications, the Contractor and the Engineer

shall inspect the first installed example of each type of work, and any
non-standard parts, to establish the quality standard for installed work,
before proceeding with the remainder of the work.

20 The Contractor shall give the Engineer sufficient notice for on-site
inspections of the first installed example of each type of work.

21 First installed examples shall be complete and finished in every respect

and shall be of adequate size to demonstrate all typical details, and not
less than the area indicated in the Specifications.

22 When approved, first installed examples shall become the standard of

quality, appearance and color of the remaining work. Subsequent
finished work shall match approved first installed examples in every
respect.

a. Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies that are constructed on-site.

Mockups are constructed to verify selections made under Sample
Mockups Section 01 43 39 - 4
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

submittals; to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated,

qualities of materials and execution; to review coordination, testing,
or operation; to show interface between dissimilar materials; and to
demonstrate compliance with specified installation tolerances.
Mockups are not Samples. Unless otherwise indicated, approved
mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged.

• Laboratory Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies constructed at

testing facility to verify performance characteristics.

• Integrated Exterior Mockups: Mockups of the exterior envelope

erected separately from the building but on Project site,
consisting of multiple products, assemblies, and subassemblies.

• Room Mockups: Mockups of typical interior spaces complete

with wall, floor, and ceiling finishes, doors, windows, millwork,
casework, specialties, furnishings and equipment, and lighting.

23 Prior to installation in or on building, construct mockups for each system

and finish required to verify selections made under sample submittals
and to demonstrate aesthetic effects as well as qualities of materials
and execution. Building mockups shall comply with the following
requirements, using materials indicated for final unit of work.

a. Place mockups on site in the location directed by Engineer. Provide

mockups consisting of constructions referred to in the various
applicable sections of the specifications. Components shall be full
height and can be incorporated into the final work.

b. Notify Engineer one week in advance of the dates and times when
mockups will be constructed.

c. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and

workmanship.

d. Obtain Engineer's acceptance of mockups before start of final unit

of work.

e. Retain and maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed

condition as a standard for judging the completed work.
Mockups Section 01 43 39 - 5
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

f. Demolish and remove mockups when directed unless otherwise

indicated.

g. Accepted mockups in an undisturbed condition that are installed

as part of building at the time of Substantial Completion may
become part of the completed work.

PART 3 | EXECUTION

3.1. INSTALLATION

A. Install materials in a manner that will duplicate the appearance in the

completed building.

1 In constructing mockups, take measures to ensure the safety of Project

personnel and the public.

2 Construct mockups using same construction personnel, means, and

methods as intended for use on actual project.

3 Mockups shall be constructed in accordance with details indicated on

the Drawings and approved Shop Drawings.

3.2. MAINTENANCE

A. Maintain mockups during course of construction or until removal is

directed.

B. Repair damage to mockups immediately upon occurrence. Maintain

mockups and surrounding site in a safe and clean condition.

3.3. REMOVAL

A. Remove mockups at the completion of the work in a manner that shows

no evidence of mock up's previous existence. Complete site work at
area of mock up in accordance with Contract Drawings.

End of Section 01 43 39

Mockups Section 01 43 39 - 6
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 01 45 00 - QUALITY CONTROL
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

Mockups Section 01 43 39 - 0
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

SECTION 01 45 00
QUALITY CONTROL
TABLE OF CONTENTS:
PART 1 |
GENERAL ...................................................................................................................0
1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .........................................................................................0
1.2. CONTRACTOR’S QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL (QA/ QC) .....0
1.3. TOLERANCES FOR INSTALLATION OF WORK ..........................................................5
1.4. QUALITY CONTROL GENERALLY .............................................................................6
1.5. QUALITY CONTROL OF THE WORKS ON SITE ..........................................................6
1.6. QUALITY CONTROL OF OFF-SITE WORK..................................................................7
1.7. SCHEDULE OF QUALITY CONTROL OPERATIONS ...................................................7
1.8. TESTS REQUIRED BY JURISDICTIONAL AUTHORITIES ................................................8
1.9. QUALITY CONTROL REPORTS ..................................................................................8
1.10. REJECTED WORK ......................................................................................................9
PART 2 |PRODUCTS ................................................................................................................9
PART 3 |EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................9
3.1. REPAIR AND PROTECTION .......................................................................................9
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 45 00 - QUALITY CONTROL

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Particular Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply
to this section.

B. Related Sections include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

1 Section 01 33 23 “Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples”

2 Section 01 43 00 “Quality Assurance”

3 Section 01 43 39 “Mockups”

4 Section 01 60 00 “Product Requirements”

5 Section 01 73 00 “Execution”

6 Section 01 77 00 “Closeout Procedures”

1.2. CONTRACTOR’S QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL (QA/ QC)

A. The Contractor shall nominate a Site QA/QC Manager for approval of

the Engineer. The QA/QC Manager shall be an employee of the
Contractor, reporting directly to the contractor's main office, and to the
Engineer. Additionally, the QA/QC Manager shall remain independent
of the Contractor’s field operations and have the authority to accept or
reject the Contractor's work.

B. The Contractor shall provide and maintain an effective QA/QC system.

The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that his sub-contractors
and suppliers conform to the quality requirements as provided In the
Contract Documents.

C. The Contractor shall establish a "Quality Assurance/ Quality Control

(QA/OC)” system to perform sufficient inspections and tests on all items
of work, including that of his sub- contractors’ and nominated sub-
contractors’, to ensure that all aspects of supply, construction, finishes,

Quality Control Section 01 45 00 / 0

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

technical and functional performance, and identification are covered.

This control shall be established for all construction work performed as
prescribed in the Contract except where the technical provisions of the
Contract provide for specific control by inspections, test or other means.
The Contractor's QA/QC system shall specifically include the
surveillance and tests required in the technical provisions of the
Specification.

D. The Contractor’s QA/QC system is the means by which the Contractor

assures, himself that his construction complies with the requirements of
the Contract Documents. The system shall include as a minimum at least
three phases of inspection for all definable phases of construction as
follows:

1 Preparatory Inspection:

Preparatory inspection shall be performed prior to beginning any work

on any definable phase of construction and as shown in the approved
construction program. It shall include a review of Contract requirements;
a check to assure that all materials and/or equipment have been
tested, submitted, and approved; a check to assure that provisions
have been made to provide required control testing; and plan mock
ups where appropriate and as required by the Engineer; examination of
work area. To ascertain that all preliminary work has been completed;
and a physical examination of materials and equipment to assure that
they conform to the approved shop drawings or submittal data and that
all materials and/or equipment are on hand. The Engineer shall be
notified at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the preparatory
inspections and such inspect ions shall be recorded in the QC report as
specified herein.

2 Initial Inspection:

Initial inspection shall be performed as shown in the approved

construction program and as soon as a representative portion of the
particular phase of the construction has been accomplished and shall

Quality Control Section 01 45 00 / 1

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

establish the acceptable standard of workmanship, including a review

of control testing for compliance with contract requirements, review of
mock up, identifying defective or damaged materials used, omissions,
and dimensional requirements. The Engineer shall be notified at least
twelve (12) hours in advance of the initial inspection and such inspection
shall be recorded in the QA/QC reports as specified herein

3 Follow-up Inspections:

Follow-up inspections shall be performed daily to ensure continuing

compliance with contract requirements, including control testing, until
completion of the particular phase of construction. Such inspections
shall be recorded in the QA/QC Reports as specified herein.

E. The Contractor and Sub Contractors shall operate a quality system in

accordance with ISO 9001 or ISO 9002 and shall furnish to the Engineer
for his review as soon as practicable and in no event later than thirty (30)
days after receiving the Letter of Acceptance, a QA/QC plan which
shall include the procedures, instructions, and records to be used. This
document will include as a minimum the following:

1 The QA/QC organization chart.

2 Qualification criteria of personnel.

3 Authority and area of responsibilities of the QA/QC personnel. The

contractor's QA/QC Manager shall not have any duties other than the
implementation of the QA/QC program.

4 Plan for accomplishing quality control inspections including that of his

sub-contractors’ and nominated sub-contractor’s works.

5 Detailed listing, and designation of all tests to be performed. The

Engineer reserves the right to determine which tests may be performed
by technicians employed by the Contractor and those that must be
performed by an approved independent testing laboratory.

6 Method of documenting QA/QC operations, inspections and testing.

Quality Control Section 01 45 00 / 2

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

7 A copy of a letter of direction to each Contractor's representative

responsible for QA/QC, outlining his duties and responsibilities and
signed by a responsible officer of the Contractor.

8 A narrative discussion of how the Contractor's QA/QC staff will

accomplish the tasks assigned under QA/QC procedure.

9 An explanation as to how the Contractors QA/QC plan relates to other

staff elements with regards to all submittals, as-built drawings, safety and
revisions to the Contract

F. Construction operations will not commence until the Engineer has

accepted the Contractor's QA/QC plan. However, the Engineer may
permit at his direction to proceed on specific phases of construction for
which the plan has been submitted and accepted. Progress payments
will not be processed for any portion of work that has a QA/QC
requirement until that portion of the QA/QC plan has been submitted
and accepted.

G. Prior to submittal of the Contractor QA/QC plan for acceptance, the

Contractor shall meet with the Engineer to discuss the QA/QC system.
The meeting shall develop mutual understanding relative to details of
the system, including the forms to be used for recording the QA/QC
procedures, inspection, and administration of the system.

H. The Contractor's QA/QC organization shall be sufficiently staffed to

perform the following tasks:

1 Conduct phased inspections (preparatory, initial and follow-up) as

described above.

2 Perform all testing required under the Contractor's QA/QC reports

hereinafter.

3 Prepare daily QA/QC reports in accordance with Contractor's QA/QC

report clause stated hereinafter.

4 Review and approve all submittals Including shop drawings.

Quality Control Section 01 45 00 / 3

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

5 Inspect materials as they are delivered on site to ensure compliance

with approved shop drawings and Contract Specification.

6 Conduct off-site inspections of supply items fabricated or assembled

and services to be incorporated into the work. Provide monthly report of
off-site QA/QC activities. The Contractor's QA/QC representative at the
fabricating plant shall be responsible for the release of the fabricated
items for shipment to the job site.

7 Maintain record of all QA/QC activities. These records shall be made

available to the Engineer.

I. The Contractor shall, within ten (10) days of issue of the Letter of
Acceptance, report to the Engineer, the names and qualifications of
personnel assigned full-time to the OA/QC function for approval of the
Engineer. The named personnel shall prepare the QA/QC program and
remain as the basis of the QA/QC staff until a QA/QC program has been
submitted and accepted.

J. If at any time during the life of the Contract the Engineer determines the
QA/QC staff is not capable of performing all the tasks listed above, then
the Engineer may direct the Contractor to revise and/or supplement the
present organization structure at no additional cost to the Employer.

K. Contractor's QA/ QC Reports:

L. The Contractor shall submit a daily QA/QC report in triplicate not later
than the end of the next working day. The report shall contain a record
of inspections and tests for all work accomplished subsequent to the
previous report and shall include the following information:

1 Trade(s) of construction underway during the time frame of the report

(i.e., earthwork, concrete work, structural steel erection, etc.).

2 Phase wise inspections (preparatory, Initial or follow-up), phase of

construction and location of inspections and/or tests that were made.

3 Results of inspection, including nature of deficiencies observed and

corrective actions taken or to be taken.
Quality Control Section 01 45 00 / 4
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

4 Report of tests performed, including those determined as failures and

remedial action to be taken. Test results, including all computations shall
be attached to the report form. Where test results cannot be completed
by the time the report is submitted, a note shall be added to the effect
that the test was performed, along with the date when the test results
will be made available. Delayed test results shall be submitted with the
report form on the date received.

5 Results of inspection of materials and equipment upon arrival at the site

and prior to incorporation into the Work for compliance with submittal
approvals, damage and storage

6 Instructions received from the Engineer.

7 In all cases, the report must be verified and signed by the person
delegated with this responsibility by the Contractor. The verification is to
contain the statement that all supplies and materials incorporated in the
work are in compliance with the terms of the Contract except as noted.

8 Site safety.

1.3. TOLERANCES FOR INSTALLATION OF WORK

A. Unless specifically indicated otherwise, work shall be installed plumb,

level, square and straight

B. Unless other acceptable tolerances are otherwise specified in a section

or are otherwise required for proper functioning of equipment as
determined by the manufacturer, or for functioning of site services, and
mechanical and electrical systems:

1 "Plumb and level" shall mean plumb or level within ‘1mm’ in ‘1m’.

2 "Square" shall mean not in excess of 10 seconds lesser or greater than 90

degrees.

3 "Straight'' shall mean within ‘1 mm’ under a ‘1 m’ long straight edge.

4 Allowable tolerances shall not be cumulative.

Quality Control Section 01 45 00 / 5

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

1.4. QUALITY CONTROL GENERALLY

A. Maintain continuity of quality control surveillance throughout fabrication

of products and execution of work.

B. Submit details of quality control tests and methods proposed for each
section of Divisions inclusive of the specification.

C. Perform inspection and testing in accordance with specified reference

standards, or as otherwise approved by the Engineer.

D. Calibrate measuring and testing devices periodically against certified

standard equipment Calibration shall be verified by approved
inspection firm.

1.5. QUALITY CONTROL OF THE WORKS ON SITE

A. Provide a control system to ensure quality control by phase inspections

as follows:

B. Perform inspections on a continuing basis as each part of the works

commences and on a regular basis at agreed intervals to ensure
constant compliance with contract requirements.

C. Provide samples of materials to be tested in required quantities at

locations where testing is performed.

D. Provide labor, instruments, testing devices, facilities, and required shelter

at the site to:

1 determine ambient and material temperature by thermometers with

Celsius scale.

2 determine relative humidity of air and moisture content of materials.

3 facilitate inspection of tests.

4 obtain and handle samples al site and plant.

E. Upon receipt of items at the job site, inspect for compliance and any
damage suffered by them during shipment Direct replacement of
damaged items promptly.

Quality Control Section 01 45 00 / 6

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

F. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting and maintain items on

the site free from damage during storage, erection, installation, and
maintenance.

G. When it is discovered on inspection that work is proceeding with

incorrect materials or methods, ensure that corrections are immediately
made and that improperly completed work is replaced.

1.6. QUALITY CONTROL OF OFF-SITE WORK

A. Impose quality control methods at the location of manufacture.

Fabrication and assembly of items to be incorporated in the works to
ensure that they conform to requirements of the Contract Documents.
This quality control shall not apply to proprietary catalogue production
products except as may be deemed necessary by the Contractor or if
directed by the Engineer.

B. The Contractor' quality control representative off site shall be responsible

for the release of items for shipment to the Job site.

C. In addition, provide notice to the Engineer in writing at least 3 weeks in

advance of packing of every batch of product components or
assemblies so that the Employer, Engineer and/or their representatives
may have the opportunity at his/ their choice of inspecting any such
product, components or assemblies prior to shipment.

D. The products requiring factory, shop, supplier's or Sub-Contractor's

inspection are

E. identified in relevant section of the specification.

F. Acceptance of product components or assemblies, prior to shipment

shall not imply final acceptance under the Contract.

1.7. SCHEDULE OF QUALITY CONTROL OPERATIONS

A. Provide the Engineer for review with a minimum of three copies of a

schedule of quality control operations, both on-site and. off site, to
outline the procedures, instructions and reports which will be used, as
follows:
Quality Control Section 01 45 00 / 7
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

1 Quality control organization.

2 Qualifications of quality control personnel.

3 Authority and responsibilities of each quality control person.

4 Schedule of inspections and tests with personnel assigned to each task

and duration of each task and scope of work.

5 Schedule of required services to be provided by inspection and testing

firms including review of shop drawings.

6 Co-ordination required between sections in order that quality control is

integrated.

7 Test methods which will be utilized.

8 Methods of performing and documenting quality control operations.

B. The QC organization chart together with CVs of proposed QC staff and

their job description shall be subject to Engineer's review and
acceptance.

1.8. TESTS REQUIRED BY JURISDICTIONAL AUTHORITIES

A. Assume responsibility for inspection and testing required by jurisdictional

authorities and for conformance to requirements of the authorities for
testing methods and documentation.

B. Provide timely notification to the Engineer of performance of inspection,

and approved testing required by jurisdictional authorities for observing
the inspection, testing or approval.

1.9. QUALITY CONTROL REPORTS

A. Document each test and inspection on a report and submit the report
in triplicate to the Engineer.

B. Reports shall be in a format approved by the Engineer and shall certify

off-site items produced correctly for on-site work shipment or installed
correctly, as applicable. Similarly reports shall certify items that are
defective with a statement, recorded on corrective measures taken.

Quality Control Section 01 45 00 / 8

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

C. Include on each report the purpose of the inspection or test, a

description of methods used, observations made, and personnel
involved.

D. Maintain in a format accepted by the Engineer a log, of all tests

performed which shall include the date of test, type of test and the
results of the test.

E. If inspection and testing procedures are subcontracted by the

approved inspection and testing firm, only copies of test reports signed
by the approved inspection and testing firm will be acceptable.

F. QC reports shall be a part of Contractor's daily report process/format as

well as specific reports for structural, MEP and major finish work as
required,

1.10. REJECTED WORK

A. Defective work discovered before expiration of the warranty period

specified in the General conditions will be rejected, whether or not it has
been previously inspected.

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

NOT USED

PART 3 | EXECUTION

3.1. REPAIR AND PROTECTION

A. General: on completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking and similar

services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and
finishes.

1 Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in

other specification sections or matching existing substrates and finishes.
Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with
durable seams that are as invisible as possible.

B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities.

Quality Control Section 01 45 00 / 9

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

C. Repair and protection are the Contractor’s responsibility, regardless of

the assignment of responsibility for quality control services.

End of Section 01 45 00

Quality Control Section 01 45 00 / 10

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 01 45 29 - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 45 29
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
TABLE OF CONTENTS:
PART 1 | GENERAL .............................................................................................................. 1
1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS ............................................................................................ 1
1.2. TESTS REQUIRED BY JURISDICTIONAL AUTHORITIES .................................................. 1
1.3. SPECIALIST THIRD PARTY FOR TESTING, COMMISSIONING AND CERTIFICATION
OF MEP WORKS .......................................................................................................... 1
1.4. SPECIALIST THIRD PARTY FOR TESTING, COMMISSIONING AND CERTIFICATION
OF LIFTS ........................................................................................................................ 3
PART 2 | PRODUCTS ............................................................................................................ 4
PART 3 | EXECUTION........................................................................................................... 4

Testing Laboratory Services Section 01 45 29 - 0

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 45 29 - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Particular Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply
to this section.

B. Related Sections include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

1 Section 01 33 23 “Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples”

2 Section 01 43 00 “Quality Assurance”

3 Section 01 45 00 “Quality Control”

4 Section 01 78 39 “Project Record Documentation”

C. Testing of material and systems shall be done in accordance with the

relevant specification sections, technical data sheets of suppliers/
manufacturers, local authorities having jurisdiction, and as reasonably
instructed by the Engineer, at no additional expense to the Employer
and Engineer.

D. Testing Agency Qualifications: an independent agency with the

experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated,
as documented and with additional qualifications specified in individual
sections; and where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is
acceptable to authorities.

1.2. TESTS REQUIRED BY JURISDICTIONAL AUTHORITIES

A. Assume responsibility for inspection and testing required by jurisdictional

authorities and for conformance to requirements of the authorities for
testing methods and documentation.

B. Provide timely notification to the Engineer of performance of inspection,

and approved testing required by jurisdictional authorities for observing
the inspection, testing or approval.

1.3. SPECIALIST THIRD PARTY FOR TESTING, COMMISSIONING AND

Testing Laboratory Services Section 01 45 29 - 1

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

CERTIFICATION OF MEP WORKS

A. The Main Contractor shall provide an Independent Specialist Third Party

for testing, commissioning and certification of MEP works and pay for all
expenses incurred, in connection thereof. The scope of Specialist
Consultancy services shall envelope all the MEP equipment and systems
included in the project.

B. The Specialist third party, testing and commissioning shall be carried out
in the presence of the Main contractor, the Employer and the Engineer,
in addition to this MEP Contractor shall carry out his own in-house testing
and commissioning as specified and as approved by tile Engineer.

C. The Specialist Third Party shall study the Tender documents and lay down
the requirements of the test, testing procedure(s) and commissioning in
accordance with International Standards/Procedures required to
achieve the project design Intent and the project performance
requirements along with a work program for the same to be agreed with
the Main contractor and approved by the Engineer.

D. The Specialist Third Party shall be a professional organization free of

affiliations with any manufacturers, suppliers or contractors, and shall
have at least ten years UAE experience in technical consulting, testing,
inspection, commissioning and certification of MEP works for similar
projects.

E. The Specialist Third Party selection shall be subject to the approval of the
Engineer.

F. The Specialist Third Party shall be a locally established, agency/

company continuously doing business in the UAE for at least 5 years prior
to the date of tender.

G. The Specialist Third Party shall report to, and only to the Engineer. Based
on the reports of the Specialist Third Party the Engineer will issue
necessary instructions to the MEP Contractor as he deems fit. Actions
based upon direct comments or instructions of the Specialist Third Party
and devoid of Engineer's knowledge and/or permission will be

Testing Laboratory Services Section 01 45 29 - 2

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

considered as arbitrary, and of no Contractual effect.

H. Major equipment and specialized systems such as but not limited to;
chillers, pumps, chilled water distribution, air distribution, noise and
vibration measurements, automatic controls, swimming pool system,
firefighting system, Main & Sub-main Distribution Boards, Generators,
lighting control systems, and other systems as specified etc., shall be
tested and commissioned on site by the MEP contractor and a
qualified/certified manufacturer representative as applicable and
directed by the Engineer, in addition to the in-house testing obligation
of the MEP Contractor(s).

I. The Specialist Third Party shall carryout, testing and balancing and shall
certify the installed systems as per the relevant commissioning code of
the British Chartered Institute of Building Services (CIBS) or ASHRAE
Standards, IEE wiring Regulations, local Authorities requirements and the
Electrical and mechanical Specifications of the Project.

1.4. SPECIALIST THIRD PARTY FOR TESTING, COMMISSIONING AND

CERTIFICATION OF LIFTS

A. The Main Contractor shall provide a Dubai Civil Defense Authority

Approved Independent Specialist Third Party for witnessing and
certifying the testing and commissioning of all Lifts and pay for all
expenses incurred in connection thereof.

B. All testing and commissioning requirements for the witnessing and

certification of the Independent Specialist Third Party shall be earned
out by the Lift Sub-Contractor in the presence of the Specialist
Independent Third Party, the Testing laboratory, Main contractor, the
Employer and the Engineer, over and above the Lift Sub-Contractor's
own in-house testing and commissioning as specified and as approved
oy the Engineer.

C. The Specialist Third Party shall study the Tender documents and lay-
down the requirements of the tests, testing procedure(s) and
commissioning in accordance with International Standards/Procedures

Testing Laboratory Services Section 01 45 29 - 3

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

required to achieve the project design intent and the project

performance requirements and the requirements of the Dubai Civil
Defense Authorities along with a work program for the same to be
agreed with the Main Contractor and approved by the Engineer.

D. The Specialist Third Party shall be a UAE professional organization

approved by the Dubai Civil Defense Authorities.

E. The Specialist Third Party shall report to, and only to the Engineer. Based
on the reports of the Specialist Third Party the Engineer will issue
necessary instructions to the Lift Sub- contractor as he deems fit Actions
based upon direct comments or instructions of the Specialist Third Party
and devoid of Engineer’s knowledge and/or permission will be
considered as arbitrary, and of no Contractual effect.

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

NOT USED

PART 3 | EXECUTION

NOT USED

End of Section 01 45 29

Testing Laboratory Services Section 01 45 29 - 4

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENT SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 01 50 00 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
MB 1908-VILLA (G+1+R+SB+ Garage) Al Khwaneej Second, UAE
DUBAI.
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

TABLE OF CONTENTS:Error! Bookmark not defined.

PART 1 |GENERAL ...................................................................................................................1
1.1.GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS ..................................................................................................1
1.2.WORKS INCLUDED ............................................................................................................1
PART 2 |PRODUCTS ................................................................................................................7
2.1.MATERIAL ..........................................................................................................................7
2.2.EQUIPMENT .......................................................................................................................8
PART 3 |EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................9
3.1.CONTRACTOR OFFICE .....................................................................................................9
3.2.ENGINEER’S OFFICE .........................................................................................................9
3.3.COMPUTER FACILITIES: ...................................................................................................10
3.4.KITCHEN EQUIPMENT COMMON FOR ALL OFFICES: ...................................................11
3.5.OFFICE FURNITURE: .........................................................................................................11
3.6.SHEDS ..............................................................................................................................15
3.7.NEW SITE FENCING AND HOARDING ...........................................................................15
3.8.WATCHING .....................................................................................................................16
3.9.SAFE ACCESS AND MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC FLOWS .............................................16
3.10.EXISTING SERVICES AND SERVICE DIVERSIONS ..........................................................18
3.11.SIGN BOARDS AND WAY FINDING .............................................................................20

Temporary Construction Facilities and Controls Section 01 50 00 - 0

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 50 00 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General

and Particular Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,
apply to this section.

1.2. WORKS INCLUDED

A. Include all Temporary Works construction facilities and temporary

controls required as construction aids and by local authorities and as
otherwise specified:

B. Install to meet needs of construction as it progresses.

C. Maintain construction facilities and temporary controls during use,

repair them when damaged, relocate them as required by work in
progress, remove them at completion of need, and make good
adjacent construction and property affected by their installation.

D. Comply with the requirements of local authorities and as or otherwise

required to ensure that safety provisions are always adequate.

E. Construct temporary facilities of new materials or recycled unless

otherwise approved.

F. Ensure that structural, mechanical and electrical characteristics of

temporary facilities are suitable and adequate for use intended.

G. Ensure that no harm is caused to persons and property by failure of

temporary facilities because of placing, location, stability, protection,
structural sufficiency, removal or any other cause.

H. Plan and secure permission for construction services from authorities

having jurisdiction as may be required for the duration of the works.

I. Construction services shall include, but are not limited to, the following:

1 Temporary Utilities (Power, Lighting, Internet and Water)

j. The Contractor shall provide all utilities and connections related to

Temporary Construction Facilities and Controls Section 01 50 00 - 1

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

the temporary facilities; those are as follows:

k. Water Facilities:

The Contractor shall provide Water services including, but not

limited to, the following:

• Water required for and in connection with operations to be

performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment,
devices, or for other use as required for proper completion of
the construction.

• All necessary water for the works including that required for
testing and commissioning of the works including those of the
subcontractors and nominated subcontractors, irrespective of
availability of main supply.

• The contractor shall provide all temporary plumbing and

storage, pay all charges, and alter, adapt and maintain
temporary works as necessary and remove and make good on
completion

• An adequate supply of potable water for domestic

consumption by Contractor personnel.

c. Electric Power Facilities:

The Contractor shall provide electric power services including, but not
limited to, the following:

• All necessary artificial lighting and power for the execution and
security of the works and for protection and for the purposes of
testing and commissioning of the works including those of the
subcontractors and nominated subcontractors, irrespective of
availability of main supply, with all meters, temporary Wiring
and fittings, etc., pay all charges and alter, adapt and maintain
the temporary work as necessary and remove and make goad
at completion.

• Temporary power service or generator to maintain

Construction operations during any scheduled shutdown.
Temporary Construction Facilities and Controls Section 01 50 00 - 2
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

d. Communication facilities

• The Contractor shall provide necessary Telecom connections

to facilitate telephone, fax and internet service at the
Contractor's field office, or for use by Contractor personnel and
others performing work at the site.

e. Make arrangements for connections to utilities as required for

temporary use during construction.

f. Pay connection, installation, disconnection charges and other

charges required, and for use of services required for construction.

2. Toilet Facilities

The Contractor shall provide and maintain toilet facilities including, but
not limited to, the following:

l. Clean portable toilet facilities if temporary facilities on site as

specified elsewhere are not permitted by the local authorities or
the Employer or if during the progress of the work the temporary
facilities are to be removed or relocated. The Contractor shall
include in his contract sum for the above provision as applicable.

m. Not use the permanent facilities within the building unless

permitted by the Engineer in writing. If use of permanent facilities
within the building is permitted these shall be maintained in a
clean and sanitary condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

n. After completion of Works the permanent facilities shall be

restored to perfect condition and handed over along with the
works by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Employer.

2 First Aid Facilities

o. Provide and maintain adequate first aid facilities for treatment of

persons on the Site. Comply with requirements of local authorities.

p. Maintain fire protection as required by local authorities, and to

ensure that the project is safeguarded during construction. Fire
safety plans to be agreed with Employer/Engineer.

Temporary Construction Facilities and Controls Section 01 50 00 - 3

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

3 Site Drainage

q. Dispose of storm water from the Site as per requirements of local

authorities

4 Construction Aid

r. The Contractor shall provide and maintain in good order such

temporary works as staging, stairs, ladders, chutes, special rigging,
runways, safety railings, and similar construction aids.

5 Safety Railings and barriers

s. Provide safety railing and barriers at perimeter of floor areas

before building is closed in, at open shafts, at openings in floors,
roof, open sides and balconies, and at similar locations to prevent
injury from falls.

6 Hoists and Cranes

t. Select, install, test after erection, operate and maintain material

and personnel hoisting equipment and cranes as may be
required. Operate such equipment only by qualified hoist or crane
operators.

u. Make hoist available as required by each section.

v. Do not allow transportation of persons by material hoists or cranes.

w. Shafts of building passenger or service lifts may be used for

material and personnel hoists providing the finishing of lifts at the
locations selected is shown on the project CPM and agreed by
the Engineer. Designated building lifts may be used for
construction personnel with hand tools and finishing materials for
touch, up work, commissioning staff with hand tools and test
devices or calibration equipment and FFE installation during
punch list, final cleaning, touch up and similar work subject to
approval of the Engineer. Finished cars in lifts utilized in these
activities shall have approved protection on all finished surfaces
and damaged surfaces shall be repaired or replaced as directed
by the Engineer. Further, unless otherwise approved in writing, all
Temporary Construction Facilities and Controls Section 01 50 00 - 4
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

lifts so utilized will be attended and operated by a full-time

qualified operator.

7 Building Enclosure:

x. Include in Works temporary enclosure for building as required to

protect it, in its entirety or in its parts, against the elements, dust,
sand, heat wind and humidity; to maintain environmental
conditions required for work within the enclosure; and to prevent
damage to materials stored within. Design enclosures that are,
structurally self-sufficient and that withstand wind pressure
specified for the building. Erect enclosures to allow complete
accessibility for installation of materials during the time enclosures
remain in place.

8 Scaffolding

y. Erect scaffolds near off walls and ensure that they do not interfere
with continuing work.

z. Co-ordinate and provide scaffolding as required by sub-

contractors.

aa. Be entirely responsible for all safety precautions in connection with

the stability of the scaffolding and for its entire sufficiency for the
Work.

bb. Use a complete system from a manufacturer acceptable to the

Engineer. Provide shop drawings and design calculations to prove
the sufficiency of the proposed system for the intended
applications for Engineer’s review as and when called for to do
so. Engineer's review shall not absolve the Contractor of any of his
contractual responsibilities or obligations.

9 Protection of work

cc. Provide temporary construction as required by the works to

protect it from damage. Provide protection by materials of
sufficient thickness to prevent all damage to structure, finish and
to waterproofing qualities of membrane whenever each of these

Temporary Construction Facilities and Controls Section 01 50 00 - 5

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

Individual components are exposed.

dd. Damage shall include harm, resulting from all construction work,
such as falling objects, wheel and foot traffic, failure to remove
debris, operation of machinery and equipment, and scaffolding
and hoisting operations. Positively secure protection to prevent
displacement from any cause.

ee. Box with wood or otherwise protect from damage, by continuing

construction, finished sills, jambs, comers, and the like.

10 Field offices and Sheds

Provide and maintain on the Site for the duration of the works the
following including any relocation of such offices/ facilities
necessitated due to progress of the works or other reasons, if required:

ff. Temporary offices for the Contractor and Sub-Contactors'

personnel, including all necessary sanitary facilities. Such offices
shall be open at all reasonable hours to receive instructions,
notices and other forms of communications.

gg. Suitable and adequate temporary offices for the sole use of the
Employer/ Engineer.

hh. All requirements in respect of Employer/ Engineer's temporary

offices shall be new when installed.

ii. Offices shall be of an enclosed type involving Rooms on either side

of a central corridor.

jj. The offices shall be of weather and dust tight Construction, being
air-conditioned to a comfortable office occupancy standard of
20° C to 24° C during summer, with fluorescent ceiling lighting,
sufficient to provide a maximum illumination of 500 LUX at desk
level. Air conditioning units shall be of the mini split type.

kk. Provide sufficient electrical power socket outlets within the offices
(240 V, 3 pin type).

ll. Locate site offices to suit the works and to the approval of the

Temporary Construction Facilities and Controls Section 01 50 00 - 6

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

local Municipality, Authorities having jurisdiction and the Engineer.

mm. The site office for the Engineer shall comply with the
requirements included in Part 2 - Products. The office shall be
available in full working order to the satisfaction of the Engineer
within the period stipulated to commence the works in the Tender
Documents and remain so until completion of the whole of the
works. Contractor shall indicate the location of site offices and
temporary facilities on drawings as part of construction
management plan.

11 All Keys for the Engineer’s site offices shall be held by the Engineer until
such offices are removed.

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

2.1. MATERIAL

G. General: Provide new materials. Undamaged, previously used materials in

serviceable condition may be used if approved by Engineer. Provide
materials suitable for use intended.

H. Pavement: Comply with Division 32 “Section 32 14 23 Asphalt Unit

Paving."

I. Steel Enclosure Fence: Galvanized Steel Painted Sheets, 8 feet (2.4 m)

high, with Galvanized steel painted structure and posts spaced not
more than 8 feet (2.4 m) apart.

J. Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements in Division 6 “Section

06 10 00 Rough Carpentry.

K. Roofing: Standard-weight, mineral-surfaced, asphalt shingles or

asphalt-impregnated and -coated, mineral-surfaced, roll-roofing
sheet.

L. Gypsum Board: Minimum 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) thick by 48 inches (1219
mm) wide by maximum available lengths; regular-type panels with
tapered edges. Comply with ASTM C 36.

Temporary Construction Facilities and Controls Section 01 50 00 - 7

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

M. Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glass,

slag wool, or rock wool; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-
developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively.

N. Paint: Comply with requirements in Division 9 “Section 09 91 00

Painting."

O. Tarpaulins: Fire-resistive labeled with flame-spread rating of 15 or less.

P. Water: Potable.

Q. Moisture control: Use Polyethylene Sheet, Reinforced, fire-resistive

sheet, 0.25mm minimum thickness, with flame-spread rating of 15 or
less per ASTM E 84.

R. Dust Control Adhesive-Surface Walk-off Mats: Provide mats minimum

914 by 1624 mm.

S. Insulation of walls and ceilings: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket,

manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool; with maximum
flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50,
respectively.

2.2. EQUIPMENT

T. General: Provide equipment suitable for use intended.

U. Field Offices: Prefabricated with lockable entrances, operable

windows, and serviceable finishes; heated and air conditioned; on
foundations adequate for normal loading. Area of offices shall be as
per the approved Construction Management Plan.

V. Fire Extinguishers: Hand carried, portable, UL rated. Provide class and

extinguishing agent as indicated or a combination of extinguishers of
NFPA-recommended classes for exposures.

W. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing

agent, and size required by location and class of fire exposure.

X. Drinking-Water Fixtures: Containerized, tap-dispenser, bottled-water

drinking-water units, including paper cup supply.

Temporary Construction Facilities and Controls Section 01 50 00 - 8

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

Y. Electrical Outlets: Properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to

prevent insertion of 220V to 240V plugs into higher-voltage outlets;
equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset button, and pilot
light.

Z. Power Distribution System Circuits: Where permitted and overhead

and exposed for surveillance, wiring circuits, not exceeding 220V –
240V, 50A rating, and lighting circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed
cable.

PART 3 | EXECUTION

3.1. CONTRACTOR’S OFFICE

A. The Contractor shall make arrangement to provide and maintain

throughout the period of construction in a convenient location
approved by the Engineer, adequate air-conditioned office
accommodation for the Contractor's use and the use of his
Subcontractors and the Nominated Sub-Contractors. Such
accommodation shall include proper messing and sanitary facilities
and shall be provided with suitable firefighting facilities and adequate
means of escape in case of fire, all to the approval of the Engineer
and the Local Authorities having jurisdiction.

B. The Contractor shall not allow any of his employees or those of his
Subcontractors to maintain any temporary or permanent living
quarters within the construction.

3.2. ENGINEER’S OFFICE

A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable

finishes, temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal
loading.

B. Common-Use Field Office: Contractor shall provide to the Engineer

and Employer during the Construction Phase Supervision fully
furnished, equipped, air-conditioned site office accommodation at
the Project site for use by the Engineer's / Employer’s personnel,
together with utility, cleaning, maintenance services, telephone,

Temporary Construction Facilities and Controls Section 01 50 00 - 9

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

electronic mail, and facsimile services. Contractor shall pay all

telephone charges (local calls only), electronic mail and facsimile
charges reasonably incurred by the Engineer / Employer in the
performance of the Services in the said site office accommodation.
Provided that the Contractor shall not provide such site office
accommodation to the Engineer / Employer after the Issue of the last
Taking-over Certificate.

3.3. COMPUTER FACILITIES:

A. 1 Nos. of "Branded IBM Compatible" New Desktop Computers with 32”

flat screens shall be provided for the Engineer’s offices of latest
maximum configuration available in the market at the time of
mobilization to the Engineers Project Manager (Commercial
Manager).

B. 1 no. of Intel Core i9-9980HK Or More processor – 8 Core - RAM 128 GB

or More, 7.6TB SATA SSD and Graphic Memory 32 GB or More – 17 Inch
for the Engineers Project Managers.

C. 1 Nos. of Branded Smart Phone 5G – memory of 512 GB to the

Engineers Project Manager (Commercial Manager).

D. Provide Professional Computer Software as follows:

1. 3 Nos. of MS Windows 10 (Arabic enhanced)

2. 3 Nos. of MS Office 2019 Full Package (Arabic enhanced) including

MS Project for 2 Nos. only.

3. Networking software for all computers

4. 1 Nos. of latest Autodesk Revit (Version-2018.3) release for the number

of Engineers staff computers

5. 1 Nos. of Adobe acrobat professional and adobe Photoshop for the

number of computers as advised by Engineer.

E. Provide as required quantities of office stationery

Temporary Construction Facilities and Controls Section 01 50 00 - 10

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

F. 1 Nos. of (A3/A4) printer, 1 Nos. of Color scanner and photocopier

(A3/A4), requirements of toner, ink cartridges, special color printing
paper and other requirements.

G. Two computers literate Secretary and Document Controller (full time)

shall be employed exclusively for the Engineer's office.

H. The Contractor shall provide daily cleaning attendance and office

boy exclusively for the use of the Engineer's staff.

3.4. KITCHEN EQUIPMENT COMMON FOR ALL ENGINEER’S OFFICES:

Refrigerator 12 cu. F. 1 no.

20L capacity/
Bottled Drinking Water Cooler
Sufficient Quantity

Sink Unit 1 no.

Electric Kettle 1 no.

Microwave Oven 1 no.

Electric Stove (2 Burners) 1 no.

Consumables / Hospitality
Sufficient Quantity.
Items

3.5. OFFICE FURNITURE:

A. Adequate firefighting equipment to the approval of the Civil Defense

Authority and the Engineer.

B. Approved signboards written in Arabic and English. The size of the

Signboard and lettering including the Wordings shall be as directed by
the Engineer.

C. Pay for all connection and related charges, and call/ use charges for
telephone, telefax and computer lines (Local calls only).

D. Maintain Engineer's Site Office, including routine/ preventative/

corrective maintenance for all systems and furniture. In addition,
provide full time janitor service for daily dusting, floor and window
cleaning, and removal of rubbish.

Temporary Construction Facilities and Controls Section 01 50 00 - 11

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

E. The Contractor shall obtain necessary approvals from concerned

Regulatory Authority and relocate site offices as required during the
period of construction to allow the permanent works to proceed.

F. Dismantle and remove from the site all offices, latrines, sign-boards
and other temporary works on completion of the whole Contract and
make good and leave site in clean and tidy condition to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.

G. Furnish and equip Engineer’s offices as follows:

DESCRIPTION SIZE NO. FURNITURE

ENGINEER’S OFFICES

Resident Engineer and

Project Manager 16 m2 1 Type A

Inspectors (1 persons) 16 m2 common Type C

Conference Room (10

persons) 30 m2 1 Type E

Secretary/Document
Controller 10 m2 1 Type D

Document/filing room 21 m2 1 Type G

Sample/storage room 21 m2 1 Type F

SHARED FACILITIES

Kitchen 16 m2 1 Type H

Male WC As req’d 1 Type I

Female WC As req’d 1 Type J

H. Schedule of office furniture:

TYPE A
SERIES NO. ITEM DESCRIPTION
Adjustable levitated desk, 1800 x 800 mm
a. 1 No.
approximate size
b. 1 No. Locking drawers
c. 1 No. Executive office chair with armrest.
d. 1 No. Side unit, 1600 x 450 x 600 mm approximate size.
Temporary Construction Facilities and Controls Section 01 50 00 - 12
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

Table for drawings, 2000 x 1000 mm approximate

e. 1 No.
size.
f. 2 Nos. Visitors chairs (wheel based)
g. 1 No. Coffee table.
h. 1 No. Shelving unit – 4 tiered (A4 file storage).
i. 1 No. 10 stick drawing rack (A1).
j. 2 Nos. Sets filing trays.
k. 1 No. Waste paper basket.
l. 1 No. Whiteboard, 2400 x 1200 mm approximate size.
m. 1 No. Telephone handset.
n. 1No. Desktop Computer & 28-inch screen

TYPE B
SERIES NO. ITEM DESCRIPTION
Adjustable levitated desk, 1800 x 800 mm approximate
a. 1 No.
size
b. 1 No. Executive office chair with armrest.
1
c. Side unit, 1600 x 450 x 600 mm approximate size.
Nos.
d. 1 No. Table for drawings, 2000 x 1000 mm approximate size
2
e. Visitors chairs (wheel based)
Nos.
f. 1 No. Coffee table.
g. 1 No. Shelving unit – 4 tiered (A4 file storage).
h. 1 No. Six drawer plan chests.
i. 1 No. Sets filing trays.
2
j. Waste paper basket.
Nos.
k. 1 No. Whiteboard, 2400 x 1200 mm approximate size.
l. 1 No. Telephone handset.
m. 1 No. Desktop Computer & 28-inch screen

TYPE C
SERIES NO. ITEM DESCRIPTION
a. 1 No. Desk, 1500 x 800 mm approximate size.
b. 1 No. Office chair with armrest.
Table for drawings, 2000 x 1000 mm approximate
c. 1 No.
size.
d. 1 No. Coffee table.
e. 1 No. Shelving unit – 4 tiered (A4 file storage).
f. 2 Nos. Sets filing trays.
g. 1 No. Waste paper basket.
h. 1 No. Whiteboard, 2400 x 1200 mm approximate size
Temporary Construction Facilities and Controls Section 01 50 00 - 13
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

i. 1 No. Telephone handset.

j. 3 Nos. Desktop Computer & 28-inch screen

TYPE D
SERIES NO. ITEM DESCRIPTION
a. 1 No. Secretary’s desk (Reception Desk)
b. 1 No. Secretary’s chair.
Lockable fireproof filing cabinets with hinged
c. 2 Nos.
lockable doors & 3 intermediate shelves.
d. 1 No. Shelving unit – 4 tiered (A4 file storage).
e. 6 Nos. Sets filing trays.
f. 2 Nos. Waste paper basket.
g. 1 No. Whiteboard, 2400 x 1200 mm approximate size.
h. 1 No. Telephone handset.
i. 2 Nos. Desktop Computer & 28-inch screen

TYPE E
SERIES NO. ITEM DESCRIPTION
a. 1 No. Wooden conference table to seat 10 people.
b. 20 Nos. Chairs / Wheel based
c. 3 No. Waste paper basket.
d. 2 No. Whiteboard, 2400 x 1200 mm approximate size.
e. 1 No. Flip board with paper supply and pens
f. 1 No. Telephone table or shelf.
g. 1 No. Telephone handset.
h. 1 No. Monitor Screen 24-inch LED
6. In addition, provide:

a. Facsimile equipment and all reasonable consumables

b. Telephone switchboard and individual phones (Three tablets will be

provided for the use of supervision staff)

c. Reasonable quantities of stationery

d. Reasonable quantities of kitchen consumables; tea, coffee, milk,

water, sugar, etc.

e. Reasonable supplies of safety equipment (i.e. steel toed safety

shoes, Hi-Visibility fluorescent vests) for supervision staff

f. Surveying and measuring equipment

Temporary Construction Facilities and Controls Section 01 50 00 - 14

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

3.6. SHEDS AND CAR PARKING

A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain weatherproof sheds, air

conditioned where necessary, for storage of materials pertinent to the
Works and clear them away at the completion of the Works.

B. Cement and other perishable material shall have floors raised 150 mm
off the ground. The Contractor shall clear away the Shed Structures at
completion of Contract/ Storage areas and make good all work
disturbed.

C. The contractor shall provide car parking spaces as required which shall
be maintained with weatherproof sheds.

3.7. NEW SITE FENCING AND HOARDING

A. Site perimeter fencing and hoarding shall be in accordance with DDA

regulations.

B. Site Hoarding may have been provided by others under separate

Enabling Works Contract. This Work Contractor shall take over the Site
Hoarding in such case.

C. The specification as issued to Enabling Works Contractor (if any) is

reproduced herein for the information.

D. The Contractor shall repair, maintain and augment the existing site
hoarding around the site as protection of the site for security and safety
in accordance with regulations, requirements and approval of [DDA]

E. Site Hoarding design and construction shall comply with the standards
of [DDA] requirements.

F. The fresh look of the hoarding shall always be maintained until

completion of the Project. Hoarding shall be cleaned regularly with
water and mild detergent at monthly intervals. Adequate numbers of
Entrances with gates/ barriers shall be provided at suitable locations
and shall always be manned to control entry/exit to and from site as
approved by the Engineer.

Temporary Construction Facilities and Controls Section 01 50 00 - 15

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

G. Upon Completion of this Contract the Site Hoarding shall be removed

from the site and all affected works shall be made good to the approval
of the Engineer.

3.8. WATCHING

A. The Contractor shall allow for all necessary watching for the security of
the Works and the protection of the public, including shelter and other
facilities for any watchmen so required.

B. The Contractor shall provide all security related requirements for the site,
including but not limited to the following: one point of entry/exit to site,
dedicated security personnel, security check point, security barriers,
sign in/sign out book-keeping with procedure, CCTV Cameras
(24x7accessible by the Engineer).

3.9. SAFE ACCESS AND MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC FLOWS

A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain all temporary roads and
tracks including associated Traffic signs and security barriers necessary
for movement of plant and materials and clear them away at
completion and make good all works damaged or disturbed.

B. The necessity for, provision of, details of, and maintenance of temporary
road diversions and existing road closures as well as associated Traffic
signs and Security barriers shall be subject to the approval of the
Engineer, Local Municipality, Local Traffic Police and other jurisdictional
authorities.

C. No public or private facility shall be removed or interrupted without the

written permission of the Engineer. Such permission will not be given until
suitable permanent or temporary alternatives approved by the
Engineer have been provided by the Contractor.

D. The Contractor shall be responsible for making arrangements with the

Statutory Undertakings, Public Authorities and the Engineer, as
appropriate, concerning the phasing into his program, of all works
which need to be done by the Contractor or his subcontractors.

Temporary Construction Facilities and Controls Section 01 50 00 - 16

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

E. The Contractor shall take any and all measures reasonably required by
any Public, Statutory Authority or the Employer for providing safe
passages to the adjoining building, for the support and full protection of
all mains, pipes, cables and other apparatus during the progress of the
Works, and shall construct and provide to the satisfaction of the
Authority concerned, all works necessary for the prevention of damage
or interruption of services. If in the execution of Works, any subsidence is
caused by any act of neglect or default of or any damage to any
apparatus, or any interruption of or delay to the provision of any service,
by the Contractor, he (the Contractor) shall bear and pay the cost
reasonably incurred by the Authority concerned in making good such
damage and shall make full compensation to the Authority for any loss
sustained by reason of such act of neglect, default, damage,
interruption or delay.

F. The Contractor shall, at all times during the progress of the Works, afford
facilities to properly accredited agents of any Public, Statutory Authority
and the Engineer for access to all or to any of their apparatus situated
in or under the Site, as may be necessary for inspecting, reporting,
maintaining, removing, renewing or altering such, apparatus in
connection with the construction of the Works or for any other purpose
whatsoever.

G. The position of Services mains, drains, sewers and telephone lines shown
on the Drawings have been based on information extracted from the
records of the various bodies and must be regarded as approximate
only. The Engineer does not guarantee both the accuracy of the
information or that the location of such apparatus is as shown on the
Drawings and no warranty must be implied as to the positron, depth,
size or gradient thereof. The Con tractor must make his own enquires of
the Statutory Undertakers, Public Authorities and the Engineer and
satisfy himself as to the exact position of such apparatus and the depth,
size and gradient thereof.

Temporary Construction Facilities and Controls Section 01 50 00 - 17

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

3.10. EXISTING SERVICES AND SERVICE DIVERSIONS

A. The positions of all public and privately-owned services shown on the

drawings are based on the records of various utilities and Public
Authorities and must be regarded as approximate. The Contractor must
verify this information and satisfy himself as to the exact nature and
position of all such apparatus. The Engineer does not guarantee the
accuracy of the information given on the drawings and no warranty is,
given or implied.

B. The Contractor shall consider the current laws regarding the safety of
service lines, together will any amendment or additions thereto. The
Contractor shall include in his tender for anything in these laws
considered to have a monetary value.

C. Copies of initial “No Objection Certificates” (NOCs) received from

Authorities shall be provided for reference. The cost of locating or
verifying the location of existing services, maintaining, protecting from
damage during construction and liaison with the various Service
Authorities and complying with their dictates shall be borne by the
Contractor unless provided for elsewhere in the Contract. This is
applicable to those services that are visible on site and shown on
drawings and NOCs.

D. Before opening the ground for my purpose, the Contractor must notify
all concerned parties by issue of a formal "Notice of intent'' and must
obtain information by Formal Notice regarding the location of all
services. The complete responsibility for obtaining this information rests
with the Contractor.

E. Drawings and notices shall be sent in duplicate one copy of which shall
be retained by the addressee and the other returned to the sender duly
marked to show underground services. "Notice of intent” will be given
14 (fourteen) days in advance of the proposed Works. In the event that
the work is not started within 8 (eight) weeks or the date of the "Notice
of intent”, it will be deemed to have lapsed. A further Notice of Intent
will then be submitted.

Temporary Construction Facilities and Controls Section 01 50 00 - 18

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

F. Furnish copies of the above “Notices of Intent” to the Engineer. Verify

the position of an existing services and obtain clearance from the
relevant authority before commencing any work in a particular area.
Provide written evidence of such clearance to the Engineer.

G. If any underground service is encountered unexpectedly, cease all

excavation and notify immediately the Engineer's Representative.
Undertake emergency work, as necessary, without delay and without
prejudice to the indemnity of the Employer.

H. Prepare records and sketches showing position, levels and types of

each existing service including manholes, Joint boxes and inspection
chambers etc.

I. Take any and all measures reasonably required by any public or

concerned Authority for the support and full protection of all mains,
pipes, cables and other apparatus during the progress of the Works, and
construct and provide to the satisfaction of the Authority concerned, all
works necessary for the prevention of damage or interruption of
services.

J. If in the execution of the Works, by reason of any subsidence caused

by, or any act of neglect or default of the Contractor, any damage to
any apparatus or any interruption of, or delay to the provision of any
service is caused, the Contractor shall report it to the Engineer
immediately and bear and pay the cost reasonably incurred by the
Authority concerned in making good such damage and shall make full
compensation to the Authority for any loss, sustained by reason of such
interruption or delay.

K. At all times during the progress of the Works, afford facilities to properly
accredited agents of any Public or Utility Authority for access to all or
any of their apparatus situated in or under the site, as may be necessary
for inspecting, reporting, maintaining, removing, renewing or altering
such apparatus in connection with the construction of the Works or any
other purpose whatsoever.

Temporary Construction Facilities and Controls Section 01 50 00 - 19

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

L. Assume responsibility for ensuring observance, of the above regulations

by his subcontractors.

M. Where any utility or service works are to be constructed under a

separate contract by the Employer within the Site and concurrent with
the execution of the Works, co-operate with the other Contractors and
co-ordinate construction operations to avoid interference with the
other Contractor's operations.

N. Prepare shop drawings for utility protection work and obtain the
approval of the appropriate Authority before commencing with
construction.

O. Any public or private service for water, electricity, drainage, etc.,

affected by the Works shall not be interrupted without the written
permission of the Engineer. Such permission will be withheld until suitable
approved permanent or temporary alternative services have been
provided by the Contractor or by the Employer of the utility or his agents.

P. Liaise with the Local Municipality and Traffic Police for temporary traffic
diversions as may be required for the construction of road crossings.

3.11. SIGN BOARDS AND WAY FINDING

A. Sign boards may have been provided by others under Enabling Work
Contract.

B. This Contractor shall take over the Sign Boards and maintain.

C. The following specification as issued to Enabling Work Contractor is

reproduced herein for information, understanding and further action
required by this Contractor.

D. The contractor shall repair, maintain and update the existing one (1) No.
signboard. The signboard should be illuminated and provided in Arabic
and English giving the names of the 'EMPLOYER', ' PROJECT’, 'ENGINEER',
and 'MAIN CONTRACTOR' only. The sign boards shall be illuminated
adequately. The perspective view (Computer 3D rendering) of the
project as agreed with the Engineer shall be provided in accordance
with regulations and requirements. The repair, maintenance and
Temporary Construction Facilities and Controls Section 01 50 00 - 20
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

update of the existing signboard shall include the new Employer’s

name, the project perspective (Computer 3D rendering).

E. The Contractor shall comply with current regulations of the concerned

Authorities and obtain their approval (if required).

F. The Contractor shall keep clean and maintain the signboards during the
entire period of the Contract. The Contractor shall provide space for
signboards and pay all costs associated with them, including
[concerned authorities] fees.

G. Upon completion of the project the sign boards shall be handed over
to the Subsequent Contractor for his further use and disposal thereof.
The sign boards shall be as new and made good for any defects before
handover to the Main Contractor, as approved by the Engineer.

H. The contractor shall be responsible for cleaning and maintenance of

the sign boards during the entire period of this contract. On completion
of the project the sign boards shall be dismantled and disposed-of as
per Engineer directions, leaving the site in clean and tidy conditions.

End of Section 01 50 00

Temporary Construction Facilities and Controls Section 01 50 00 - 21

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 01 60 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 60 00
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS:
PART 1 | GENERAL ............................................................................................................1
1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .........................................................................................1
1.2. SUMMARY .................................................................................................................1
1.3. DEFINITIONS ..............................................................................................................1
1.4. SUBMITTALS ...............................................................................................................3
1.5. QUALITY ASSURANCE ..............................................................................................8
1.6. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING ..................................................9
1.7. WARRANTIES ...........................................................................................................10
PART 2 | PRODUCTS .......................................................................................................11
2.1. PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES ....................................................................11
2.2. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS.......................................................................................15
2.3. COMPARABLE PRODUCTS ....................................................................................16
PART 3 | EXECUTION ......................................................................................................17

Product Requirements Section 01 60 00 - 0

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 60 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Particular Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply
to this section.

B. Related Sections include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

1 Section 01 25 00 “Substitution Procedures”

2 Section 01 42 00 “References”

3 Section 01 77 00 “Closeout Procedures”

1.2. SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements

relating to products to be used in the Work, including the following:

1 Selection of products for the Works.

2 Quality assurance.

3 Product delivery, storage, and handling.

4 Product warranties.

5 Special warranties.

6 Product substitutions.

7 Comparable products.

B. If the requirements in this Section contradict with requirements in other

Sections, the more stringent requirements shall prevail.

1.3. DEFINITIONS

A. Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether

purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The
term "product" includes the terms “material," "equipment," "system," and
terms of similar intent.

1 Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name,

Product Requirements Section 01 60 00 - 1
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

including make or model number or other designation, shown or listed

in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date
of the Contract Documents.

2 New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into
another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other
projects are not considered new products.

3 Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved

through submittal process, to have the indicated qualities related to
type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties,
appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of
specified product.

B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods

of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and
proposed by Contractor.

C. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's

product is named and accompanied by the words "basis of design,"
including make or model number or other designation, to establish the
significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in- service
performance, physical properties, appearance, and other
characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of
additional manufacturers named in the Specification.

D. Manufacturer's Instructions and Manufacturer's Recommendations

means latest published or printed version of 'manufacturer's written
instructions' and 'manufacturer's written recommendations.

E. Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by

individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically
endorsed by manufacturer to Employer.

F. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the

Contract Documents, whether to extend time limit provided by
manufacturer's warranty, or to provide for joint and several liability, or to
provide more rights for Employer.

Product Requirements Section 01 60 00 - 2

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

G. Manufacturers’ names listed in the specifications are intended to show

the minimum acceptable product standards and are not intended to
be exclusive.

1 Products of other manufacturers that are equivalent to the specified

product may be accepted subject to the conditions set in this section
and in specification sections.

2 Reference to a manufacturer’s name or product shall not be interpreted

as an approval of this manufacturer or all his product line. Submission for
approval of manufacturer and a specific product is mandatory.

1.4. SUBMITTALS

A. Product List: Prepare and submit a list, in tabular from, identifying

specified products. Include generic names of products required.
Include manufacturer's and supplier's name and proprietary product
name for each product.

1 Coordinate product list with Contractor's Construction Program, the

Submittals Schedule, and the Subcontract List.

2 Form: Tabulate information for each product under the following

column headings:

a. Specification Section number and title.

b. Generic name used in the Contract Documents.

c. Specified warranty requirements, if any.

d. Proprietary name, model number, and similar designations.

e. Manufacturer's name and address.

f. Supplier's name and address.

g. Installer's name and address.

h. Total quantity required for the Works.

i. Projected delivery date or, if multiple deliveries, first and last delivery
dates.

j. Identification of items that require early submittal approval for

Product Requirements Section 01 60 00 - 3
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

scheduled delivery date.

3 Initial Submittal: Within 14 days after Commencement Date, submit 3

copies of initial product list. Include a written explanation for omissions
of data and for variations from Contract requirements.

a. At Contractor's option, initial submittal may be limited to product

selections and designations that must be established early in
Contract period.

4 Completed List: Within 7 days after Commencement Date, submit 3

copies of completed product list. Include a written explanation for
omissions of data and for variations from Contract requirements.

5 Engineer's Action: Engineer will respond in writing to Contractor within 14

days of receipt of completed product list. Engineer's response will
include a list of unacceptable product selections and a brief
explanation of reasons for this action. Engineer's response, or lack of
response, does not constitute a waiver of requirement that products
comply with the Contract Documents.

B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each

element of construction and type of product or equipment.

1 If information must be specially prepared for submittal because

standard printed data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings,
not as Product Data.

2 Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options
are applicable.

3 Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Manufacturer's written recommendations.

b. Manufacturer's product specifications.

c. Manufacturer's installation instructions.

d. Standard color charts.

e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.

f. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.

Product Requirements Section 01 60 00 - 4
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

g. Printed performance curves.

h. Operational range diagrams.

i. Mill reports.

j. Standard product operation and maintenance manuals.

k. Compliance with specified referenced standards.

l. Testing by recognized testing agency.

m. Application of testing agency labels and seals.

n. Notation of coordination requirements.

4 Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples.

C. Compliance Statement: Submit a copy of project specifications

identifying on each item whether or not the submission complies with
that requirement.

D. Copy of Product Warranty.

E. The Engineer reserves the right to request further clarifications and

particulars regarding any submission.

F. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for

consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to
be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and
Drawing numbers and titles.

1 Substitution Request Form: Use form provided by Engineer.

2 Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions

and the following, as applicable:

a. Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be

provided.

b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or

modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction
performed by Employer and separate contractors that will be
necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.

c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution

Product Requirements Section 01 60 00 - 5
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include

attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect,
and specific features and requirements indicated.

d. Identify product to be replaced. Include detailed comparison in

matrix form between specified materials and proposed ones.

e. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and

fabrication and installation procedures.

f. Samples, where applicable or requested.

g. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names

and addresses and names and addresses of Engineers and
Employers.

h. Material test reports to the same standards from a qualified testing

agency, approved by Engineer, indicating and interpreting test
results for compliance with requirements indicated.

i. Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building

code in effect for Project, from a model code organization
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's Construction Schedule using

proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including
effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method
of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time,
include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead,
stating lack of availability or delays in delivery.

k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the

Contract Price.

l. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with

requirements in the Contract Documents and is appropriate for
applications indicated.

m. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may

subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed
substitution to produce indicated results.
Product Requirements Section 01 60 00 - 6
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

3 Engineer's Action: If necessary, Engineer will request additional

information or documentation for evaluation. Engineer will notify
Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposal.

G. Comparable Product Requests: Submit request for consideration of

each comparable product. Identify product or fabrication or installation
method to be replaced. Submit three copies of each request for
consideration. Include Specification Section number and title and
Drawing numbers and titles.

1 Request Form: Use a form acceptable to Engineer.

2 Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for approval of an

unnamed product.

3 Engineer's Action: If necessary, Engineer will request additional

information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt
of a request. Engineer will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection
of proposed comparable product within 14 days of receipt of request,
or within 7 days of receipt of additional information or documentation,
whichever is later.

a. Form of Acceptance: Variation Order, without additional

compensation.

b. Use product specified if Engineer does not make a decision on use

of a proposed comparable product within time allocated.

H. This specification is based on US codes and standards. An accredited

and approved laboratory/ certification agency shall provide technical
assessment regarding the suitability of products and tests made to other
approved international standards to provide equal or better
performance.

1 The technical assessment shall comprise a detailed technical

comparison between the two standards.

2 The most stringent code shall prevail.

3 The Engineer, in all cases, has the right to evaluate such comparison and
request from the contractor to abide by the specified standard.
Product Requirements Section 01 60 00 - 7
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

I. Products Manufactured under license: Contractor submitting products

in accordance with these specifications manufactured by a company
other than the one specified and in another country shall submit also:

1 A letter from the original manufacturing company listed in the

specifications certifying that the product submitted is manufactured
under license and subject to quality control and supervision from the
original manufacturing company.

2 Both the original manufacturing company and the subsidiary company

shall have Quality Management System such as ISO 9001 and 9002.

3 The submitted product under license is equivalent to the original

specified product in all respects.

4 The Engineer has the right to request further testing in an approved

independent laboratory to demonstrate that the product
manufactured under license is equivalent in all respects to the product
manufactured by the original company.

1.5. QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Alternative Equivalent Standards: Product references to industry

standards establish quantitative and qualitative attributes,
characteristics and properties, required to be inherent in the specified
product. Standard products not conforming to referenced standards,
but otherwise exhibiting the same essential properties and conforming
to another recognized equivalent industry standard may be used,
subject to approval and compliance with other specified requirements.

1 Recognized standards are those which are listed in Division 01 Section

"References".

B. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting

between two or more products for use on Project, product selected shall
be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously
selected products were also options.

C. Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the

same type and kind from a single source.

Product Requirements Section 01 60 00 - 8

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

D. Manufacturers’/ Installers’ Qualifications: submit manufacturer / supplier

profile form.

1.6. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will
prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with
manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Delivery and Handling:

1 Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to

prevent overcrowding of construction spaces.

2 Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding

time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or
sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses.

3 Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in

manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system,
complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking,
protecting, and installing.

4 Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract

Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly
protected.

C. Storage:

1 Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or

counting of units.

2 Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.

3 Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under

cover in a weather tight enclosure above ground, with ventilation
adequate to prevent condensation.

4 Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent

necessary or period of installation and concealment.

5 Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for

temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection
Product Requirements Section 01 60 00 - 9
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

requirements for storage.

6 Protect stored products from damage.

7 Provide a secure location and enclosure at Works site for storage of

materials and equipment, if any, to be furnished by Employer.
Coordinate location with Engineer.

1.7. WARRANTIES

A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run

concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents.
Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not
relieve Contractor of any obligations under requirements of the
Contract Documents.

1 Provide complete total system warranty in which Manufacturer Installer

and Contractor are jointly and severally responsible and agree to repair
or replace, without limitations, all or any part of the products warranted.
Warranty shall cover materials and workmanship.

2 All costs of repairing any defects in the works or consequential costs due
to this defect shall be borne by the warrantors.

3 Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the

Contract Documents, either to extend time limit provided by
manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for Employer.

4 Submit form of warranty for Engineer’s approval.

B. Warranty Requirements:

1 Related Damages and Losses: When correcting failed or damaged

warranted construction, remove and replace construction that has
been damaged as a result of such failure or must be removed and
replaced to provide access for correction of warranted construction.

2 Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has

failed and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the
warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal
to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation.

Product Requirements Section 01 60 00 - 10

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

3 Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a

warranty has failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable
condition complying with requirements of the Contract Documents. The
Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective
Work regardless of whether the Employer has benefited from use of the
Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life.

4 Employer's Recourse: Expressed warranties made to the Employer are in

addition to implied warranties and shall not limit the duties, obligations,
rights, and remedies otherwise available under the law. Expressed
warranty periods shall not be interpreted as limitations on the time in
which the Employer can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or
remedies.

C. Rejection of Warranties: The Employer reserves the right to reject

warranties and to limit selection to products with warranties not in
conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents.

D. Where the Contract Documents require a special warranty, or similar

commitment on the Work or part of the Work, the Employer reserves the
right to refuse to accept the Work, until the Contractor presents
evidence that entities required to countersign such commitments are
willing to do so.

E. Manufacturers and Special Warranties: Prepare a written document,

ready for execution, that contains appropriate terms and conditions,
and identifies commencement date and warranty period. Submit a
draft and obtain Engineer's written approval before final execution.

1 Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific

requirements and information, and properly executed; or

2 Special Form: Individually prepared and specially drafted to include

Project-specific requirements and information, and properly executed.

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

2.1. PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES

A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the

Product Requirements Section 01 60 00 - 11

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

Contract Documents, that are undamaged, and unless otherwise

indicated, that are new at time of installation.

1 Provide products complete with all accessories, trim, finish, fasteners,

and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use
and effect.

2 Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or

nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types
that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on
other projects.

3 Employer reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties

not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents.

4 Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Engineer

will make selection.

5 Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample

to be matched is Engineer's.

6 Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the

Specifications establish "salient characteristics" of products.

7 Or Approved Equal: Where products are specified by name and

accompanied by such terms as "or other equal and approved", “or
approved”, "or approved equal" or "or equal", comply with provisions in
"Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an
unnamed product.

a. Engineer reserves the right to limit selection to named products

specified.

b. Unless otherwise agreed, contract unit rates and prices will be

deemed to be based on the use of named products specified in the
Contract Documents.

B. Product Selection Procedures: Procedures for product selection include

the following:

1 Product: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled

Product Requirements Section 01 60 00 - 12

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

"Product" name a single product and manufacturer, provide the

product named, unless otherwise indicated.

2 Manufacturer/Source: Where Specification paragraphs or

subparagraphs titled "Manufacturer" or "Source" name single
manufacturers or sources, provide a product by the manufacturer or
from the source named that complies with requirements, unless
otherwise indicated.

3 Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled

"Products" introduce a list of names of both products and
manufacturers, provide one of the products listed that complies with
requirements, unless otherwise indicated.

a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both

manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that
complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions
for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise
indicated.

b. Non-restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of

both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the
products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with
requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products"
Article for consideration of an unnamed product.

4 Manufacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs

titled "Manufacturers" introduce a list of manufacturers' names, provide
a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with
requirements, unless otherwise indicated.

a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers'

names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that
complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions
for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise
indicated.

b. Non-restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of available

manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers
Product Requirements Section 01 60 00 - 13
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, that complies

with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable
Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's
product.

5 Available Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs

titled "Available Products" introduce a list of names of both products and
manufacturers, provide one of the products listed or another product
that complies with requirements. Comply with provisions in "Comparable
Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.

6 Available Manufacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or

subparagraphs titled "Available Manufacturers" introduce a list of
manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers
listed or another manufacturer that complies with requirements. Comply
with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for
use of a product of an unnamed manufacturer.

7 Product Options: Where Specification paragraphs titled "Product

Options" indicate that size, profiles, and dimensional requirements on
Drawings are based on a specific product or system, provide either the
specific product or system indicated or a comparable product or
system by another manufacturer. Comply with provisions in
"Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an
unnamed product.

8 Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer

to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers,
provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by
one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications
indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are
based on the product named. Comply with requirements in
"Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed
product by one of the other named manufacturers.

9 Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require matching

an established Sample, select a product (and manufacturer) that

Product Requirements Section 01 60 00 - 14

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

complies with requirements and matches Engineer’s sample. Engineer's

decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches
satisfactorily.

a. If no product available within specified category matches and

complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions
in Part 2 "Comparable Products” Article for proposal of product.

10 Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase

"as selected from manufacturer's colors, patterns, and textures" or a
similar phrase, select a product (and manufacturer) that complies with
other specified requirements.

a. Standard Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "standard

range of colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Engineer will
select color, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's
product line that does not include premium items.

b. Full Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "full range of

colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Engineer will select color,
pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that
includes both standard and premium items.

2.2. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Conditions: Engineer will consider Contractor's request for substitution

when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions
are not satisfied, Engineer will return requests without action, except to
record noncompliance with these requirements:

1 Requested substitution offers Employer a substantial advantage in cost,

time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting
additional responsibilities Employer must assume. Employer's additional
responsibilities may include compensation to Engineer for redesign and
evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Employer,
and similar considerations.

2 Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the

Contract Documents.

Product Requirements Section 01 60 00 - 15

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

3 Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and

will produce indicated results.

4 Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.

5 Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's

Construction Schedule.

6 Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities

having jurisdiction.

7 Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.

8 Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the

Work.

9 Requested substitution provides specified warranty.

10 Requested substitution includes full comparison between specified and

proposed material.

11 If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested

substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is
uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is
acceptable to all contractors involved.

2.3. COMPARABLE PRODUCTS

A. Conditions: Engineer will consider Contractor's request for comparable

product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following
conditions are not satisfied, Engineer will return requests without action,
except to record noncompliance with these requirements:

B. Where products are specified by name or industry standard, submit the

following, in addition to other required submittals, to obtain approval of
an unnamed or alternative equivalent industry standard, product:

1 Evidence that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions
to the Contract Documents that it is consistent with the Contract
Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is
compatible with other portions of the Work.

2 Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with

Product Requirements Section 01 60 00 - 16
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes

such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific
features and requirements indicated.

3 Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty, if any.

4 List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and
addresses and names and addresses of architects/engineers and
employers, if requested.

5 Samples, if requested.

PART 3 | EXECUTION

NOT USED

End of Section 01 60 00

Product Requirements Section 01 60 00 - 17

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 01 71 23 - FIELD ENGINEERING
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

Field Engineering Section 01 71 23 - 0

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 71 23
FIELD ENGINEERING
TABLE OF CONTENTS:
PART 1 | GENERAL ...............................................................................................................1
1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................1
1.2. EXAMINATION REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................1
1.3. PERFORMANCE ...........................................................................................................1
PART 2 | PRODUCTS .............................................................................................................2
PART 3 | EXECUTION............................................................................................................2

Field Engineering Section 01 71 23 - 0

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 73 00 - EXECUTION

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Particular Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply
to this section.

B. Related Sections include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

1 Section 01 33 23 “Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples”

2 Section 01 70 00 “Execution & Closeout Requirement”

1.2. EXAMINATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Prior to commencement of the work on site, carry out a topographical

survey of the site to record the boundaries, ground levels and all existing
features.

B. Verify layout information shown on the drawings in relation to the site

survey and existing benchmarks or other reference points.

C. Establish and maintain a minimum of new project control point

(benchmark) on the site. Record the locations and levels with horizontal
and vertical data.

D. Protect all existing and new benchmark and control points. Promptly
replace any benchmark or control point that are lost or destroyed
during construction.

E. Existing Utilities and Equipment: The existence and location of

underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing
are not guaranteed. Before beginning site work, investigate and verify
the existence and location of underground utilities and other
construction.

F. Prior to construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of

connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer and water service piping.

1.3. PERFORMANCE

Field Engineering Section 01 71 23 - 1

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

A. Working from lines and levels established by the site survey, establish
benchmarks and markers to set lines and levels at each story of
construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of the
Works. Calculate and measure required dimensions within indicated or
recognized tolerances. Do not scale drawings to determine dimensions.

1 As construction proceeds, check every major element for line, level and
plumb.

B. Surveyor's Log: Maintain a surveyor's log of control and other survey

work. Make this log available for reference.

1 Record deviations from designed lines and levels and advise the
Engineer when deviations that exceed indicated or recognized
tolerances are detected. On Project Record/ As built Drawings, record
deviations that are accepted and not corrected.

2 On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and other

work requiring field-engineering services, prepare a survey showing
dimensions, locations, angles and elevations of construction and site
work.

C. Site improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements. including

pavements, stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes
and invert elevations by instrumentation and similar appropriate means.

D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out batter boards for structures,
building foundations, columns, grids and locations, floor levels and
control lines and levels required for mechanical and electrical work.

E. Existing Utilities: Furnish information necessary to adjust, move or relocate

existing, structures, utility poles, lines, services or other appurtenances
located in, or affected by construction. Coordinate with local authorities
having jurisdiction.

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

NOT USED

PART 3 | EXECUTION

Field Engineering Section 01 71 23 - 2

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

NOT USED

End of Section 01 71 23.

Field Engineering Section 01 71 23 - 3

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 01 73 00 - EXECUTION
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 73 00
EXECUTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS:
PART 1 | GENERAL ...............................................................................................................1
1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................1
1.2. SUMMARY ....................................................................................................................1
1.3. DEFINITIONS ..................................................................................................................1
1.4. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS .....................................................................................2
1.5. QUALITY ASSURANCE ..................................................................................................3
1.6. WARRANTY ...................................................................................................................4
PART 2 | PRODUCTS .............................................................................................................5
2.1. MATERIALS ....................................................................................................................5
PART 3 | EXECUTION............................................................................................................5
3.1. EXAMINATION ..............................................................................................................5
3.2. PREPARATION ..............................................................................................................6
3.3. CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT ............................................................................................7
3.4. FIELD ENGINEERING.....................................................................................................8
3.5. INSTALLATION ...............................................................................................................9
3.6. CUTTING AND PATCHING .........................................................................................11
3.7. EMPLOYER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS............................................................................13
3.8. PROGRESS CLEANING...............................................................................................14
3.9. STARTING AND ADJUSTING.......................................................................................15
3.10. PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION ......................................................16
3.11. CORRECTION OF THE WORK.................................................................................16
3.12. LOADING IN EXCESS OF DESIGN LOAD ...............................................................16

Execution Section 01 73 00 - 0
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 73 00 - EXECUTION

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Particular Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply
to this section.

B. Related Section include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

1 Section 01 33 23 “Shop drawings, Product data, and Samples”

2 Section 01 77 00 “Closeout Procedures”

1.2. SUMMARY

Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements

governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the
following:

1 Revise list below to suit Project.

2 Construction layout.

3 Field engineering and surveying.

4 Installation of the Work.

5 Cutting and patching.

6 Coordination of Employer-installed products.

7 Progress cleaning.

8 Starting and adjusting.

9 Protection of installed construction.

10 Correction of the Work.

1.3. DEFINITIONS

A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit

installation or performance of other work.

B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to

Execution Section 01 73 00 - 1
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

original conditions after installation of other work.

1.4. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For professional engineer.

B. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by professional engineer certifying

that location and elevation of improvements comply with requirements.

C. Cutting and Patching Plan: Submit plan describing procedures at least

ten (10) days prior to the time cutting and patching will be performed.
Include the following information:

1 Extent: Describe reason for and extent of each occurrence of cutting

and patching.

2 Changes to In-Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include

changes to structural elements and operating components as well as
changes in building appearance and other significant visual elements.

3 Products: List products to be used for patching and firms or entities that
will perform patching work.

4 Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed.

5 Retain subparagraph below for occupied projects if utilities or

mechanical and electrical systems are affected by cutting and
patching.

6 Utilities and Mechanical and Electrical Systems: List services and systems
that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services
and systems that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out
of ser-vice. Indicate how long services and systems will be disrupted.

D. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility,

licensed to accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal.

E. Certified Surveys: Submit two (2) copies signed by professional engineer.

F. Final Property Survey: Submit ten (10) copies showing the Work
performed and record survey data.

Execution Section 01 73 00 - 2
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

1.5. QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally

qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is
experienced in providing land-surveying services of the kind indicated.

B. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on

cutting and patching of construction elements.

1 Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements,

notify Engineer of locations and details of cutting and await directions
from the Engineer before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support
structural element during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch
structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying
capacity or increase deflection.

2 Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and

related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity
to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or
decreased operational life or safety. Operational elements include the
following:

a. Primary operational systems and equipment.

b. Fire separation assemblies.

c. Air or smoke barriers.

d. Fire-suppression systems.

e. Mechanical systems piping and ducts.

f. Control systems.

g. Communication systems.

h. Conveying systems.

i. Electrical wiring systems.

j. Operating systems of special construction.

3 Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction

elements or components in a manner that could change their load-

Execution Section 01 73 00 - 3
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as

intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased
operational life or safety. Other construction elements include but are
not limited to the following:

a. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers.

b. Membranes and flashings.

c. Exterior curtain-wall construction.

d. Equipment supports.

e. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment.

f. Noise and vibration control elements and systems.

4 Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that

results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch
exposed construction in a manner that would, in Engineer's opinion,
reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace
construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory
manner.

C. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project

site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical
and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and
conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before
proceeding.

D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site

manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation
of products and equipment.

1.6. WARRANTY

A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and

surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching
operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing
warranties.

Execution Section 01 73 00 - 4
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

2.1. MATERIALS

A. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place

materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-
place adjacent sur-faces to the fullest extent possible.

1 If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials

that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to the Engineer
for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials.

PART 3 | EXECUTION

3.1. EXAMINATION

A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and

other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed.
Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and
location of underground utilities, [ including mechanical and electrical
systems,] and other construction affecting the Work.

1 Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of

connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping;
underground electrical services, and other utilities.

2 Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed
by public utilities serving Project site.

B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with

each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and
conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for
compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other
conditions affecting performance. Record observations.

3 Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to

performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the
following:

a. Description of the Work.

b. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates.

Execution Section 01 73 00 - 5
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

c. List of unacceptable installation tolerances.

d. Recommended corrections.

4 Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including

compatibility with existing finishes or primers.

5 Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify

actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture
installation.

6 Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products
and systems are to be installed.

7 Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been

corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces
and conditions.

3.2. PREPARATION

A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Engineer / Employer and

Relevant Service Authorities that is necessary to adjust, move, or
relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other
utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction.
Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.

1 Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work

properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product.
Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction,
verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before
fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress
to avoid delaying the Work.

2 Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of

items shown diagrammatically on Drawings.

3 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on

discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents
caused by differing field conditions outside the control of the
Contractor, submit a request for information to Engineer according to

Execution Section 01 73 00 - 6
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

requirements in Division 01 Section 01 31 00 "Project Management and

Coordination."

3.3. CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT

A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout

information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and
existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Engineer
promptly.

1 General: Engage suitably qualified professionals to lay out the Work

using accepted surveying practices.

a. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at

each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each
element of Project.

b. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale

Drawings to obtain required dimensions.

c. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply.

d. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the
Work progresses.

e. Notify Engineer when deviations from required lines and levels

exceed allowable tolerances.

f. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the
standard established by authorities having jurisdiction.

2 Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including

pavements, grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and rim
and invert elevations.

3 Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for
structures, building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including
those re-quired for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey
markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level
foundations and piers from two or more locations.

Execution Section 01 73 00 - 7
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

4 Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations

from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and
times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey
party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log
available for reference by Engineer. Insert special requirements for
laying out the Work to suit Project.

3.4. FIELD ENGINEERING

A. Identification: Employer will identify existing benchmarks, control points,

and property corners.

B. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control

points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve
and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during
construction operations.

1 Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without

prior written approval of Engineer. Report lost or destroyed permanent
benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the need to relocate
permanent benchmarks or control points to Engineer before
proceeding.

2 Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points

promptly. Base replacements on the original survey control points.

C. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two (2) permanent

bench-marks on Project site, referenced to data established by survey
control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type and
size of benchmark.

3 Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on

Project Record Documents.

4 Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be

marked, provide temporary reference points sufficient to locate the
Work.

5 Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore

marked construction to its original condition.

Execution Section 01 73 00 - 8
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

D. Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls, major site

improvements, and other work requiring field-engineering services,
prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles, and
elevations of construction and site-work.

E. Final Property Survey: Engage professionals to prepare a final property

survey showing significant features (real property) for Project. Include on
the survey a certification, signed by professional that principal metes,
bounds, lines, and levels of Project are accurately positioned as shown
on the survey.

6 Show boundary lines, monuments, streets, site improvements and

utilities, existing improvements and significant vegetation, adjoining
properties, acreage, grade contours, and the distance and bearing
from a site corner to a legal point.

7 Recording: At Substantial Completion, have the final property survey

recorded by or with authorities having jurisdiction as the official "property
survey."

3.5. INSTALLATION

A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in

correct alignment and elevation, as indicated.

1 Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.

2 Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available

for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement.

3 Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise

indicated.

4 Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 2440 mm in occupied

spaces and 2300 mm in unoccupied spaces.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations

for installing products in applications indicated.

Execution Section 01 73 00 - 9
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best
possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance
until Substantial Completion.

D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to

damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during
normal conditions of occupancy.

E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate

movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent
locations.

F. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce

harmful noise levels.

G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for

work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop
Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made
for locating and installing products to comply with indicated
requirements.

H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and

fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each
component in place, accurately located and aligned with other
portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not
indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions.

5 Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount

components at heights directed by Engineer.

6 Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and

contraction.

7 Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings,

templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves,
concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are
to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project
site in time for installation.

Execution Section 01 73 00 - 10
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed

work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit
exposed connections together to form hairline joints.

J. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials

that are not considered hazardous.

3.6. CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform

cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest
feasible time, and complete without delay.

1 Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components

or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as
required to restore surfaces to their original condition.

B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and

surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching
operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing
warranties.

C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut.

D. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to

prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions
for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and
patching operations.

E. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Where interference with use of adjoining

areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas is unavoidable,
coordinate cutting and patching in accordance with requirements of
Division 01 Section 01 10 00 "Summary."

F. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where

existing services/ systems are required to be removed, relocated, or
abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to minimize/
prevent interruption to occupied areas.

G. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking,

chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using
Execution Section 01 73 00 - 11
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining

construction. If possible, review pro-posed procedures with original
Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations.

2 In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and
grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to
minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent
surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.

3 Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into
concealed surfaces.

4 Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an

abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill.

5 Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable

Division 31 Sections where required by cutting and patching operations.

6 Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or

partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion
of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign
matter after cutting.

7 Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting

are complete.

H. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up,

and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with
durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and
comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where
applicable.

8 Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after

completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation.

9 Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend

finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that
will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing.

a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or

other finishing materials.
Execution Section 01 73 00 - 12
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.

10 Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one
finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in
the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture,
and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and
replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and
appearance.

a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, prepare substrate and

apply primer and intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate
over the patch, and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken
surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch
blends with adjacent surfaces.

11 Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to

provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance.

12 Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores

enclosure to a weathertight condition.

I. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are
performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from
adjacent finished surfaces.

3.7. EMPLOYER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS

A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Employer's construction

personnel.

B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with

work performed by Employer's construction personnel.

1 Construction Schedule: Inform Employer of Contractor's preferred

construction schedule for Employer's portion of the Work. Adjust
construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable timetable. Notify
Employer if changes to schedule are required due to differences in
actual construction progress.

2 Preinstallation Conferences: Include Employer's construction personnel

at preinstallation conferences covering portions of the Work that are to
Execution Section 01 73 00 - 13
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

receive Employer's work. Attend preinstallation conferences conducted

by Employer's construction personnel if portions of the Work depend on
Employer's construction.

3.8. PROGRESS CLEANING

A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common
areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.

1 Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 (or latest relevant code) for
removal of combustible waste materials and debris.

2 Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal
weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above (27
deg C).

3 Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from

other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally,
according to regulations.

a. Utilize containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be

stored.

4 Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one
in-staller has worked.

B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.

C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of

cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work.

5 Remove liquid spills promptly.

6 Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or

vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate.

D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces

according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of
product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically
recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended,
use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and
that will not damage exposed surfaces.

Execution Section 01 73 00 - 14
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before

enclosing the space.

F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect

as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time
of Substantial Completion.

G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash
waste materials down sewers or into waterways.

H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in

progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective
covering where required to ensure protection from damage or
deterioration at Substantial Completion.

I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as

frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction
period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability
without damaging effects.

J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no

part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful,
dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the
construction period.

3.9. STARTING AND ADJUSTING

A. Coordinate startup and adjusting of equipment and operating

components with requirements in Division 01 Section 01 91 13 "General
Commissioning Requirements."

B. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper

operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and
retest.

C. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components

for proper operation without binding.

D. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust
controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls
and equipment.
Execution Section 01 73 00 - 15
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

3.10. PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION

A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed

Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial
Completion.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and

relative humidity.

3.11. CORRECTION OF THE WORK

A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore

damaged substrates and finishes.

1 Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged

surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting
operating equipment.

B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified

condition.

C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if

surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair.

D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace

operating components that cannot be repaired.

E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or

reflective surfaces.

3.12. LOADING IN EXCESS OF DESIGN LOAD

A. No loading in excess of the design loading shall be placed on any

portion of the structures without the written permission of the Engineer. If
such permission is granted, all beams or other members of the structure
which are subjected to loading, other than the designed loading, shall
be strengthened and supported to the satisfaction of the Local Authority
and the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for any resulting
additional design and construction costs. The Con-tractor shall be
responsible for making good to the satisfaction of the Engineer any

Execution Section 01 73 00 - 16
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

damage to the permanent structure which may be caused by such

excess loading.

End of Section 01 73 00

Execution Section 01 73 00 - 17
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 01 74 00 - CLEANING AND WASTE MANAGEMENT
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

SECTION 01 74 00
CLEANING AND WASTE MANAGEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS:
PART 1 | GENERAL ...............................................................................................................1
1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................1
1.2. CONSTRUCTION CLEANING .......................................................................................1
1.3. FINAL CLEANING .........................................................................................................1
PART 2 | PRODUCTS .............................................................................................................3
2.1. EQUIPMENT ..................................................................................................................3
2.2. MATERIALS ....................................................................................................................4
PART 3 | EXECUTION............................................................................................................4
3.1. CLEANING ....................................................................................................................4
3.2. DISPOSAL......................................................................................................................4

Cleaning and Waste Management Section 01 74 00 - 0

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 74 00 - CLEANING AND WASTE MANAGEMENT

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Particular Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply
to this section.

B. Related Section include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

1 Section 01 73 00 “Execution”

2 Section 01 77 00 “Closeout Procedures”

1.2. CONSTRUCTION CLEANING

A. The Contractor shall provide daily cleaning and disposal of waste

materials, debris, and rubbish during whole of construction period.

B. Each Contractor shall be responsible for keeping all working areas clear
of obstructions, surplus materials and unused plant that are unsightly,
obstructive and/or hazardous to the safety of all persons expected to
be on the premises at any time.

1.3. FINAL CLEANING

A. Before final inspection, replace glass and mirrors that have been broken,
damaged and/ or etched during construction, or which are otherwise
defective.

B. In addition to requirements for cleaning-up specified in the General

conditions, and in section 01 11 00 “Summary of Works”, include in works
final cleaning of the works immediately before handover by skilled
cleaning specialists.

C. Remove temporary works as approved by local authorities having

jurisdiction and Engineer and make good defects before
commencement of final cleaning.

D. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by

the manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use
cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property, or

Cleaning and Waste Management Section 01 74 00 - 1

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

that might damage finished surfaces.

E. Remove dust stains from mortar, cement, sealants, adhesives, finishing

and other materials; soil, grease, fingerprints and accumulations of
construction materials, debris and other rubbish; both interior and
exterior to the building. Perform cleaning in accordance with installer's
instructions for each material. Prior to Employer’s/ Engineer’s inspection
for certificate of completion, cleaning shall include:

1 Washing of exterior paved surfaces at grade and on roofs, and interior

concrete floors.

2 Cleaning out of:

a. Pavement, floor and roof drains

b. Elevator, pipe and duct shafts.

3 Sweeping clean exposed roofing.

4 Cleaning and polishing of:

a. Glass on both interior and exterior faces.

b. Mirrors.

c. Porcelain, enamel, and finish metals.

d. Washroom accessories.

e. Ironmongery and hardware.

5 Vacuum cleaning of carpet flooring, ceilings, walls and floors upon

which dust has settled.

6 Cleaning of:

a. Exterior wall, and structure faces.

b. Interior wall faces.

c. Interior floors.

d. Stairs.

7 Buffing and application of two light coats of wax, each buffed, on vinyl
composition floor tile.

Cleaning and Waste Management Section 01 74 00 - 2

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

8 Gleaning of mechanical fixtures, lighting fixtures, cover plates, and

equipment, including polishing of their finish metal, porcelain, vitreous
and glass components.

9 Polishing of all Granite, Marble flooring wall cladding and Mosaic.

10 Remove temporary protection covers and labels. Remove temporary

protection and facilities installed during construction to protect
previously completed installation during the remain der of the
construction period.

11 Touch-up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes and
surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored.

F. All finishes in the completed works shall match the quality of approved
samples and/ or mock-ups upon completion of cleaning; otherwise they
shall be removed and replaced.

G. Maintain cleaning until Employer has taken formal possession of building

or portions thereof.

H. Pest Control: make a final inspection and rid the project of rodent,
insects and other pests. Comply with regulations of local authorities.

I. Comply with governing regulations and safety standards for cleaning

operations. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a
lawful manner and in compliance with local laws and ordinance.

J. Where extra materials of value remain after completion of associated

construction work become the employer property, the same shall be
handled as directed.

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

2.1. EQUIPMENT

A. The Contractor shall provide all necessary covered containers, skips and
chutes for deposit of waste materials, debris, and rubbish and include in
the Site Layout Organization Plan.

B. Cleaning materials for products to be cleaned shall be according to the

manufacturer of the product and as approved.

Cleaning and Waste Management Section 01 74 00 - 3

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

2.2. MATERIALS

A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by

manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use
cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or
that might damage finished surfaces.

PART 3 | EXECUTION

3.1. CLEANING

A. The Contractor shall:

1 Maintain areas, floors and Site areas under Contractor's control free of
waste materials, debris, and rubbish at all times.

2 Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition.

3 Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl
spaces and other closed or remote spaces, prior to closing the space.

4 Clean interior areas and all floors daily to provide suitable conditions for
work.

3.2. DISPOSAL

1 The Contractor shall remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish

from site on daily basis and dispose off site to locations approved by the
Municipality/ Engineer.

2 Comply with regulations of the Local Authorities.

End of Section 01 74 00

Cleaning and Waste Management Section 01 74 00 - 4

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 01 77 00 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 77 00
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
TABLE OF CONTENTS:_Toc8819784
PART 1 | GENERAL ...............................................................................................................1
1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................1
1.2. REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED ..........................................................................................1
1.3. RECORD DOCUMENTS SUBMITTALS ...........................................................................1
1.4. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS .....................................................2
1.5. FINAL CLEANING .........................................................................................................2
1.6. CONTINUING INSPECTION ..........................................................................................4
1.7. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.........................................................................................4
1.8. TAKING OVER...............................................................................................................5
PART 2 | PRODUCTS .............................................................................................................5
PART 3 | EXECUTION............................................................................................................5
3.1. REPAIR OF THE WORK ..................................................................................................5

Closeout Procedures Section 01 77 00 - 0

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 77 00 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Particular Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply
to this section.

B. Related Section include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

1 Section 01 32 33 “Photographic Documentation”

2 Section 01 73 00 “Execution”

3 Section 01 78 23 “Operation & Maintenance Data”

4 Section 01 79 00 “Demonstration and Training”

1.2. REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

A. Close-out requirements include those general requirements in

preparation for Initial Acceptance, final payment and normal
termination of the contract. Specific requirements for individual units of
work are specified in the technical sections or these specifications.

1.3. RECORD DOCUMENTS SUBMITTALS

A. Immediately prior to the time of initial Acceptance, complete the

record documents in accordance with the requirements of Section 01
78 39 "Project Record Documents", and submit to the Employer for
acceptance.

B. The record documents are as follows:

1 Record Drawings

2 As-Built Drawings

3 Record Shop Drawing Information

4 Record Miscellaneous Submittals

5 Record Samples

6 Site photographs
Closeout Procedures Section 01 77 00 - 1
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

C. The documents shall be organized in a logical order, bound or filed,

ready for continued use and reference.

D. Immediately prior to the time of Initial Acceptance, the Employer

Representative will meet with the Contractor at the site and will
determine which of the record samples maintained by the Contractor
during the progress of the work are to be submitted. Any samples not
required by Employer shall be property disposed of by the Contractor

1.4. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

A. Arrange for each installer of work requiring continuing maintenance or

operation to meet with the operating personnel at the project site to
provide basic instructions needed for proper operation and
maintenance of the entire work.

B. Include instructions by manufacturer’s representatives where installers

are not expert in the required procedures.

C. Review maintenance manuals, record documentation, tools, spare

parts and materials, lubricants, fuels, identification system, control
sequences, hazards, cleaning and similar procedures and facilities.

D. For operation equipment, demonstrate start up, shut-down, emergency

operations, noise and vibration adjustments, safety, economy/
efficiency adjustments, and similar operations.

E. Review maintenance and operations in relation with applicable

guarantees, warranties, agreements to maintain, bonds, and similar
continuing commitments.

1.5. FINAL CLEANING

A. Special cleaning for specific units of work shall be as specified in the

various technical specifications and in accordance-with section 01 74
00 “Cleaning and Waste Management"

B. Provide final cleaning of the work at the time indicated, consisting of

cleaning each surface or unit of work to the normal “design'' condition
expected for a first-class building cleaning and maintenance program.

Closeout Procedures Section 01 77 00 - 2

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

Comply with manufacturer’s instructions for cleaning operations. As a

minimum, the following are examples of the cleaning levels required.

1 Remove labels which are not required as permanent labels.

2 Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and window/ door glass,

to polished condition, removing substances which are noticeable as
vision obscuring materials. Replace broken glass.

3 Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes, including

metals, masonry, stone, concrete, painted surfaces, plastics, tile, wood,
special coatings, and similar surfaces, to a dirt-free condition, free of
dust, stains, films and similar noticeable distracting substances. Except
as otherwise indicated, avoid the disturbances of natural weathering of
exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces lo original condition.

4 Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment clean, including

elevator equipment and similar equipment in addition to that specified
in Mechanical and Electrical Divisions of Specification; remove excess
lubrication and other substances.

5 Remove debris and surface dust from limited-access spaces including

roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics and
similar spaces_

6 Clean concrete floors in non-occupied spaces broom clean.

7 Vacuum clean carpeted surfaces and similar soft surfaces.

8 Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free to stains including

those resulting from water exposure.

9 Clean food service equipment to a condition of sanitation ready and

acceptable for the intended food service use.

10 Clean light fixtures and lamps so as to function with full efficiency.

11 Clean project site (yard and grounds), including landscape

development areas, of litter and foreign substances. Sweep paved
areas to a broom-clean condition; remove stains, petrochemical spills
and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds which are neither planted nor
Closeout Procedures Section 01 77 00 - 3
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

paved to a smooth even textured surface.

C. Except as otherwise indicated or requested by the Employer, remove

temporary protective devices and facilities which were installed during
the course of the work to protect previously completed work during the
remainder of the construction period.

D. Comply with safety standards and governing regulations for cleaning

operations. Do not burn waste materials at the site, nor bury debris or
excess materials on the property, or discharge volatile or other harmful
or dangerous materials into drainage system. Remove waste materials
from the site and dispose of in accordance with the Authorities
requirements.

1.6. CONTINUING INSPECTION

A. Where required by special guarantees, warranties, agreements to

maintain, workmanship bonds and similar continuing commitments,
comply with requests to participate in inspections at the end of each
time period of such continuing commitments.

1.7. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting a Certificate of Substantial

Completion for the whole any part of the Works, ensure that the
following tasks have boon performed:

1 Submit a drawing or description of the area(s) to be taken over and list

any minor outstanding work which will be completed after taking over.

2 Provide evidence that the tests on completion have been satisfactorily

performed.

3 Provide too ls, spare parts, keys and similar items.

4 Provide operating and maintenance manuals.

B. Inspection: On receipt of the request the Engineer shall either proceed

with inspection of the parts to be taken over or advise the Contractor of
any further work which needs to be completed or of any other unfulfilled
requirements.
Closeout Procedures Section 01 77 00 - 4
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

1.8. TAKING OVER

After inspection as aforesaid, the Engineer shall either issue a Certificate

of Substantial Completion or give the Contractor a written statement of
work still to be performed before such certificate can be issued.

A. Before issuing of the Certificate of Substantial Completion for the whole

of the Works, the Contractor shall ensure that the following tasks have
been performed:

1 Provide a written undertaking to perform any minor outstanding work

within a specified period after issue of the Certificate.

2 Provide to the Employer all manufacturer's warranties and guarantees

for materials and equipment which remain valid.

3 Provide or extend the validity of all bonds, guarantees and insurance

which the Contractor is obliged to maintain during the Maintenance
Period.

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

NOT USED

PART 3 | EXECUTION

3.1. REPAIR OF THE WORK

A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting

inspection for determination of Substantial Completion.

B. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Repairing

includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces,
touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating
equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or
restored, provide replacements. Remove and re-place operating
components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction
and permanent facilities used during construction to specified
conditions.

1 Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective

Closeout Procedures Section 01 77 00 - 5

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

sur-faces, and other damaged transparent materials.

2 Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes

and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show
evidence of repair or restoration.

g. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification,
including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint
ap-plied to required labels and identification.

3 Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that

may impede operation or reduce longevity.

4 Replace burned-out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use,

and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor
fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures.

End of Section 01 70 00.

Closeout Procedures Section 01 77 00 - 6

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 01 78 23 - OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

SECTION 01 78 23
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
TABLE OF CONTENTS:
PART 1 | GENERAL ...............................................................................................................1
1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................1
1.2. MANUALS FOR OPERATION & MAINTENANCE PURPOSES .......................................1
1.3. MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT OPERATION & MAINTENANCE PURPOSES ....................2
1.4. SPECIAL TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR EQUIPMENT........................6
1.5. SPARE PARTS FOR EQUIPMENT ...................................................................................7
1.6. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION TAGS .............................................................................8
1.7. INSTRUCTION TO OPERATING & MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL..................................9
1.8. HANDOVER ................................................................................................................10
1.9. MAINTENANCE DURING DEFECTS LIABILITY PERIOD AND GUARANTEES ..............10
PART 2 | PRODUCTS ...........................................................................................................11
PART 3 | EXECUTION..........................................................................................................11

Operating and Maintenance Data Section 01 78 23 - 0

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 78 23 - OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Particular Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply
to this section.

B. Related Sections include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

1 Section 01 33 23 “Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples”

2 Section 01 91 13 “General Commissioning Requirements”

1.2. MANUALS FOR OPERATION & MAINTENANCE PURPOSES

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining, organizing, indexing,

binding, and otherwise preparing three (3) copies of operating and
maintenance manual sets for the entire Permanent Works as required
by the specification for the use of operation and maintenance
personnel.

B. The text shall be written in English.

C. Submit a summary of the proposed content of the manuals to the

Engineer for his review three months before the programmed
completion of the work. Include with this submission sample of text of
each type of data, which is proposed for inclusion, and proposed
manual covers and binding methods.

D. Submit completed manuals one month prior to the Contractor's request

for final inspection for completion of works.

E. Amend the manuals at the Contractor's expense as the Employer or the

Engineer may deem necessary.

F. Make further amendments at the Contractor's expense during the

maintenance period as may be caused by revisions to installations, data
obtained during the period, recommended operation and
maintenance procedures, and similar experiences.

G. Tools and Test Equipment:

Operating and Maintenance Data Section 01 78 - 1
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

H. Deliver to the Employer all special operating and maintenance tools

and test equipment as recommended by manufacturers or called for in
specifications fourteen days prior to Issuance of provisional completion
certificate.

I. Identification Tags:

a. Provide identification tags as specified herein for equipment

installation the permanent works.

1.3. MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT OPERATION & MAINTENANCE PURPOSES

A. Prepare manuals specifically for the Project. Standard manuals may be

incorporated only if edited to delete inappropriate and irrelevant text
and/or added texts specific to the works.

B. Arrange manuals in volumes in the order and organization of the

specification. Provide tables of contents and indexes for each volume
and cover and bind them as approved by the Engineer.

C. Protect typewritten, drafted and photographs pages with clear plastic

sleeves.

D. Package manuals in suitable transfer cases indexed and marked for

each division of the works.

E. Submit manuals with signed certificate attached, which states that the
manuals are complete and accurate.

F. Include in Manuals:

a. Full information and instructions for operating and maintaining each

item of operating equipment under Normal Standby - emergency
operating conditions

1 Routine and Preventive Maintenance requirements for all electrical and

mechanical systems, lifts, and other products.

2 Original copies of warranties, which extend beyond maintenance

period as required by specification.

3 Schematic diagrams of control systems.

Operating and Maintenance Data Section 01 78 - 2

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

4 Circuit directories for each electric and communications panel board.

5 Valve tags and schedule correlated to system diagrams.

6 Complete keying schedules correlated to architectural drawings

and schedules.

7 Paint color schedules and samples.

8 Product names and sources, of Supply of all proprietary products

incorporated in the works.

9 Master equipment list

10 Recommended spare parts list

11 Directory of all suppliers and Sub-contractors including name of firm,

contact person address, e-mail, fax and telephone numbers, and a
description of the work for which the firm has been responsible.

12 Additional data required by various sections of the specification.

G. System Level Procedures:

1 Include system level information in the manuals concerning

procedures for the operation and maintenance of equipment, which is
to be performed by operators or technicians. This information shall
consist of the following as may be applicable.

2 Theory of operation:

3 A description of the system theory of operation, including operating

parameters, interfaces with other systems, major equipment, and their
physical and operating characteristics.

4 Pre-operation Commissioning:

5 A description of the steps of tasks necessary to completely check out

the system and prepare it for following operational installation and
shutdown condition.

6 Preventive Maintenance:

7 A description of all maintenance to be performed on a periodic basis;

e.g. inspection, lubrication, calibration and parts replacement.
Operating and Maintenance Data Section 01 78 - 3
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

8 Fault isolation and troubleshooting:

9 A description of the procedures to be followed in determining the cause

of a failure or malfunction. Fault identification shall be based on both
monitoring devices and visual observations. Fault isolation shall be
arranged in progressive order with the most likely fault listed first.

10 Maintenance:

11 This information shall include all maintenance that can be performed on

the installed equipment (including removal and replacement) and
repairs that can be performed with the equipment installed.

H. Vendor Data:

1 Include information obtained from vendors of equipment in the manual

s as follows.

2 Manufacturers' brochures, catalogues, charts and performance curves.

3 Installation, operation and service instructions and drawings.

4 Service bulletins.

5 Special drawings such as wiring diagrams, systems schematics; and

pneumatic and liquid flow diagrams.

6 Illustrated parts breakdown.

7 Performance date; e.g. maximum, minimum and recommended

speeds, capacities, voltage, amperage, wattage, pressure, flow rate,
pump curves, pressure drop, temperatures, and other related operating
information.

8 Operating procedures including emergency operating procedures.

9 Preventive maintenance and inspection requirements and procedures

10 Removal and installation procedures.

11 Disassembly and assembly procedures.

12 Calibration instructions, including points of application, frequency,

method of calibration, and special tools required.

13 Troubleshooting procedures
Operating and Maintenance Data Section 01 78 - 4
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

14 Repair and overhaul instructions.

15 Scale and corrosion control.

16 lubrication instructions, including points of application, frequency, types

of lubricants and methods of Lubrication.

17 Cleaning instructions.

18 Recommended spare parts, special tools and test equipment.

I. Maintenance Criteria:

1 The basic maintenance criteria for facility and system design is to ensure
that all critical preventive maintenance activities may be accomplished
without interference to operations. The design shall emphasize
accessibility, ease of equipment or component removal and
replacement, visual indications of components deterioration, and
localization of failures. Where practical, sub-systems shall be configured
so that failed components may be removed, and operable
replacements installed. Requirements for repair-ln-place activities shall
be minimized.

2 All like assemblies having identical characteristics shall be

interchangeable without altering the unit or adjacent equipment
except for adjustment. Assemblies shall be interchangeable without
selection for fit out performance, and without modification.

J. Master equipment List:

1 Include a master equipment list in the manuals which shall detail all items
of equipment which are installed in the permanent works. Provide the
list in a format approved by the Engineer. The information required for
each item on the list shall be as follows:

b. Tag number.

c. Description/Nomenclature: Descriptive data, dimensions and

operating parameters, shall be included where appropriate.

d. Installed location.

e. Applicable specification section/paragraph reference.

Operating and Maintenance Data Section 01 78 - 5
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

f. Name and address of manufacturer/Supplier.

g. Model, Serial Number and Other Identification: Enter information

required to positively identify the equipment.

2 Enter the manner in which any standard catalogue or normal delivery

item has been modified or is unique as remarks.

K. Design Criteria Sheets:

a. A single design criteria sheet shall be prepared for each separate

equipment item. Identical items can be on the same sheet with
separate tag of identifying numbers listed. The criteria sheet shall
present in summary form the operating environments, functional
requirements, design requirements, reference drawings and
specifications for each specific piece of equipment. The format of
the sheets shall be as approved by the Engineer.

L. Warrantees

a. Include original copies of specified warrantees and standard

warrantees normally provided by manufacturers of products
properly certified by the issuing authority and addressed to the
employer.

b. Warrantees shall have specific reference to the selected equipment

by indicating make, model, origin, serial number and date of
manufacture.

1.4. SPECIAL TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR EQUIPMENT

A. Provide for each equipment item special tool and test equipment,
which is designed specifically for the equipment, in quantities as
recommended by the manufacturer.

B. Provide special tools for systems or facilities requiring access, e.g.: ceiling
systems, access floor, access doors, access panels... etc.

C. Provide with special tools and test equipment a list of the tools and
equipment supplied including the following information for each item.

1 Facility or system

Operating and Maintenance Data Section 01 78 - 6

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

a. Name

b. Major system

2 Facility or system equipment item

a. Nomenclature

b. Reference designator

3 Special tools/test equipment

a. Nomenclature

b. Purpose

c. Manufacturer's part number or drawing number

d. Quantity recommended by manufacturer

e. Unit price

f. Recommended source of supply

g. Estimated lead time.

4 Other pertinent data (e.g. calibration tolerance or storage

requirements).

1.5. SPARE PARTS FOR EQUIPMENT

A. Provide all spare parts required for installation, testing and

commissioning of equipment to ensure its completeness and proper
functioning.

B. Three months prior to completion provide a list of recommended spare

parts in a format approved by the Engineer. The list shall include spare
parts as recommended by the equipment vendor, which will support the
maintaining of equipment for a one year and a two-year period and
shall include the following information for each item of equipment.

1 Equipment Tag Number and Description/Nomenclature.

2 Component/ part Description/ Nomenclature: The descriptions/

nomenclatures of all recommended spare parts.

3 Service Life: The anticipated operation life of the component or part

Operating and Maintenance Data Section 01 78 - 7

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

until it wears out or is replaced. Service life shall be, entered in cycles of
operation, operating hours or installed hours.

4 Spare/ Quantity/ Unit: The quantity of spares recommended by the

manufacturer for each of the first- and second-years’ operating period.

5 Manufacturer/ Supplier: The spare part manufacturer or supplier's name

and address.

6 Unit Price: The catalogue price per item.

7 Procurement Lead Time: Estimates of time between manufacturer or

supplier's receipt of purchase order, and delivery of spare part to the
Employer.

8 Part Number: Manufacturer's identification number for the

recommended spare part. This may be part number, catalogue
number, or drawing number.

9 Explanatory comments as required in remarks column.

10 Employer will select items from a list of spare parts and issue instructions
accordingly through Engineer. Contractor will be compensated in
accordance with a variation order.

1.6. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION TAGS

A. Provide for each item of major equipment a plastic identification tag

securely attached in a conspicuous location on or near the item of
equipment.

B. Indicate on each tag:

1 Tag number.

2 Name of manufacturer of the equipment

3 Serial number and model number of the equipment.

4 Date of manufacture of the equipment.

5 other information that the manufacturer may deem necessary to

completely identify the equipment

C. Permanently mark tags with stamped, embossed or engraved text

Operating and Maintenance Data Section 01 78 - 8
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

D. Secure tags by wire, self-tapping screws or rivets as suitable. Epoxy

adhesive shall be used where required in the specifications and If
approved by Engineer.

1.7. INSTRUCTION TO OPERATING & MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL

A. Starting two months prior to provisional completion, provide instruction

to the Employer's designated staff in the operation, maintenance,
adjustment and modification requirements of equipment and for the
cleaning and maintenance of all materials and surfaces in accordance
with an agreed schedule.

B. Instructions shall be given by competent persons trained by the suppliers

of the products.

C. Instructions shall be provided during training sessions which are to be

held for periods as specified in each applicable sections of the
specification or as recommended by the suppliers of products
whichever is longer.

D. Instruction program and highlights shall be handed over to the Employer

's attendees Prior to commencement of training sessions.

E. Audio visual aids shall be provided by the instructor to assist in

conducting satisfactory training sessions.

F. Instructors shall utilize the operating and maintenance manuals

prepared for the project when instructing the Employer's staff.

G. instruction shall include in addition to training particulars as stated in

applicable sections of the specification information concerning
warranty conditions that are applicable and procedures to be followed
under terms of the warranty.

H. Submit along with the project Schedule, a proposed training schedule

detailing periods of training for each specified product/ activity
together with dates scheduled to start and complete the relevant
training sessions. The training schedule shall be prepared in a manner
suitable for attendance of the Employer's staff and subject to the
Employer’s approval and shall be arranged to avoid interference

Operating and Maintenance Data Section 01 78 - 9

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

between training sessions for different product/activities.

I. Notify the Employer if personnel who have been assigned by the

Employer have not successfully completed training to the satisfaction of
the contractor.

1.8. HANDOVER

A. Works of this section shall be completed and approved by the Engineer

prior to scheduling handover inspection and the issuance of certificate
of Completion.

B. In order to provide for an orderly transition period, contractor shall

complete areas and systems on or prior to the milestone dates indicated
in the schedules indicated in the turnover milestone schedule which is
to be submitted for the Engineer's approval along with the approved
submission of the schedule. Contractor shall include in his Contract price
all costs involved to ensure such partial completion dates are achieved.
No additional compensation shall be paid by the Employer to achieve
such dates.

C. The late finish dates for partial completion of areas and systems shall be
established in calendar weeks prior to date for completion established
in the Contract Documents.

D. System completion shall mean complete, tested, commissioned and

operational, and main power, water and drainage connected and
made available, in accordance with the provisions of the Contract
Documents, ready to start specialized training of Employer's personnel.

E. Area completion shall mean complete with all non-conformance listed

items satisfactorily repaired, touched-up or replaced as necessary.

F. Allow in the appropriate section of the Bills of Quantities the amount

required to provide a uniform certificate of completion date for all areas
and systems, fair wear and tear by Employer excepted including
compensation for any real or alleged disruption to Contractor's
schedule or personnel.

1.9. MAINTENANCE DURING DEFECTS LIABILITY PERIOD AND GUARANTEES

Operating and Maintenance Data Section 01 78 - 10

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

A. Starting from the date of issue of the Substantial/ Provisional completion

certificate the contractor shall be responsible, for the duration stated in
the contract, to provide the following services free of charge, at his own
cost:

1 The training of operators assigned by the Employer for operation of all

major MEP equipment systems and associated controls as decided by
the Engineer.

2 Training should be provided by original suppliers of equipment for a

period of at least one week and or when requested by Employer
throughout the liability period.

3 The replacement of parts or whole of equipment that show any

manufacturing or installation defects during operation.

4 Carry out routine preventive maintenance (fortnightly, monthly,

quarterly, half yearly and yearly as applicable to the approval of the
Engineer) including provision of labor, spare parts and supply of
consumable materials for all systems as required for the safe operation
and warrantee of performance of all the systems.

5 On call emergency services (24 hours), particularly for fire alarm system.

6 Warrantees of every piece of equipment from any manufacturing or

installation defects for a period as stated in the contract.

7 At the end of defects liability period the contractor shall be responsible

for final handing over of all installed systems in a perfect condition to the
satisfaction of both Engineer and Employer.

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

NOT USED

PART 3 | EXECUTION

NOT USED

End of Section 01 78 23.

Operating and Maintenance Data Section 01 78 - 11

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 01 78 36 - WARRANTIES
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

Warranties Section 01 78 36 - 12
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 78 36
WARRANTIES
TABLE OF CONTENTS:
PART 1 | GENERAL ...............................................................................................................1
1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................1
1.2. WARRANTY/ GUARANTEE FORM ................................................................................2
PART 2 | PRODUCTS .............................................................................................................2
PART 3 | EXECUTION............................................................................................................2
3.1. WARRANTY FORM .......................................................................................................2

Warranties Section 01 78 36 - 0
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 78 36 - WARRANTIES

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Particular Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply
to this section.

B. Related Sections include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

1 Section 01 33 23 “Shop drawings, Product data, and Samples”

2 Section 01 60 00 “Product Requirements”

3 Section 01 77 00 “Closeout Procedures”

C. Deliver warranties, guaranties, and bonds required by Contract

Documents as stated in the General Conditions, with Employer named
as beneficiary.

D. Total System Warranty: Provide complete system warranty in which

Manufacturer, Installer, and Contractor are jointly and severally liable
and agree to repair or replace all defective components of the
warranted item. Warranty shall include both, materials and
workmanship.

E. Warranty shall include:

1 Defective materials and installation.

2 Failure to comply with requirements stated in technical specifications.

3 Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection.

4 Faulty operation of movable parts such as hardware.

5 Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond

normal weathering and use.

6 Delamination of exterior or interior facing materials.

7 Making good and installation and finishing all items that are disturbed
and that may be required due to repair or replacement of defective
items. Coordinate with Employer, manufacturer, and installer of
Warranties Section 01 78 36 - 1
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

adjacent disturbed items to ensure that their warranty is not cancelled

due to the repair work.

F. Limitations: State the limitations of the warranty as agreed with Engineer/

Employer.

G. Warranty Period: As stated in Specifications Sections covering each item

in the Project.

1.2. WARRANTY/ GUARANTEE FORM

A. Submit paper and PDF digital copies of warranties and guaranties, on

the Contractor's, subcontractor's, material supplier's, or manufacturer's
own letterhead, addressed to Employer.

B. Submit warranties and guaranties in duplicate, in the form indicated,

and signed by cognizant entities, including Contractor in every case,
with modifications as approved by Employer to suit the conditions
pertaining to the warranty or guaranty.

C. In addition to specific product requirements, Contractor agrees to

repair or replace defective materials, workmanship, or failures in a
timely, satisfactory manner at no cost to the Employer.

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

Not Used

PART 3 | EXECUTION

3.1. WARRANTY FORM

A. The Contractor shall submit warranty forms in the format shown:

CONTRACTOR LETTER HEAD

Special Project Warranty

Date:

Contract Ref. No.:

Name of Project:

Employer:

Warranties Section 01 78 36 - 2
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

Contractor:

Warranted System Validity Commencement Date

Warranted System Validity Expiry Date

We the undersigned (insert full name and address of company) agree to provide the
special project warranty of the (insert description and location of product/system)
agreeing to repair or replace subject to the warranty requirements below and
conditions stated in the contract documents during the period of (insert period) from
the above mentioned commencement date at our own complete cost and expense
to the full satisfaction of the Employer or his approved Representative. Warranty
Requirements:

1. (describe nature of warranty responsibility)

2. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting failed or damaged warranted

construction, remove and replace construction that has been damaged as a
result of such failure or must be removed and replaced to provide access for
correction of warranted construction.

3. Reinstatement of Warranty: When work covered by a warranty has failed and

been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written
endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with
an equitable adjustment for depreciation.

4. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that work covered by a warranty has

failed, replace or rebuild the work to an acceptable condition complying with
requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the
cost of replacing or rebuilding defective work regardless of whether the Employer
has benefited from use of the work through a portion of its anticipated useful
service life.

5. Employer's Recourse: Expressed warranties made to the Employer are in addition

to implied warranties and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights and remedies
otherwise available under the law. Expressed warranty periods shall not be
interpreted as limitations on the time in which the Employer can enforce such
other duties, obligations, rights or remedies.

Warranties Section 01 78 36 - 3
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

6. Rejection of Warranties: The Employer reserves the right to reject warranties and
to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of
the Contract Documents.

7. Where the Contract Documents require a special project warranty, or similar

commitment on the work or part of the work, the Employer reserves the right to
refuse to accept the work, until the Contractor presents evidence that entities
required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so.

Signatures

Date

Contractor ....................…….

Sub-Contractor ....................…….

Installer ....................………….

Manufacturer ......................

End of Section 01 78 36.

Warranties Section 01 78 36 - 4
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 01 78 39 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

Warranties Section 01 78 36 - 0
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

SECTION 01 78 39
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1 | GENERAL ...............................................................................................................1
1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................1
1.2. WORKS INCLUDED .......................................................................................................1
PART 2 | PRODUCTS .............................................................................................................5
PART 3 | EXECUTION............................................................................................................5

Project Record Documents Section 01 78 39 - 0

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 78 39 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Particular Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply
to this section.

B. Related Sections include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

1 Section 01 73 00 “Execution”

2 Section 01 77 00 “Closeout Procedures”

3 Section 01 78 23 “Operation & Maintenance Data”

1.2. WORKS INCLUDED

A. Record, as work progresses, the Permanent Works constructed

differently than shown on contract Documents. Record all changes in
the Works caused by site conditions; by Employer, Engineer, Contractor
and Subcontractor originated changes; by site instructions,
supplementary instructions, field orders, change orders, addenda,
correspondence, concealed structures, mechanical and electrical
services, piping, valves, conduits, pull boxes, junction boxes and similar
work not clearly in view, the position of which is required for
maintenance, alteration work and future additions. Do not conceal
critical work until its location has been recorded.

B. Maintenance of Records during Construction:

1 Maintain current recording on these documents by each Section.

Record changes in the Works on these prints in red ink.

2 Dimension locations of concealed work in reference to building walls,

and elevations in reference to floor elevation. Indicate at which point
dimension is taken to concealed work. Dimension all termination 's and
offsets of runs of concealed work.

3 Keep record drawing as ''Project Record Copy". Maintain drawings in

Project Record Documents Section 01 78 39 - 1

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

good condition and do not use them for construction purposes.

4 Identify each record drawing as "Project Record Copy". Maintain

drawings in good condition and do not use them for construction
purposes. Make documents available at all times for inspection by
Engineer.

5 Maintain project record drawings in a state, current to progress of work.

Review by the Engineer of the state of such documents will be
considered a condition precedent for validation of applications for
interim certificate. Reduction in Payment Certificate may be the result
of non-availability of proper project record drawings at the time of
payment application.

6 At the completion of the Works the Contractor shall certify that the
marked up (record) drawings are complete and accurate and he shall
produce consolidated reproducible copies of the documents as
specified herein.

C. Final Project Record Drawings:

1 The Contractor shall within fifteen days prior to his request for inspection
of completion of the Works, submit to the Engineer for his review copies
of reproducible record documents.

2 Prepare drawings at same scale as Contract Documents incorporating

record information to a high standard of drafting and finish. The
document format, standard sheet and drawing block layout, drawing
sizes, scales and tiles, the level of detailing to be provided, and other
details of the documents shall be agreed upon with the Engineer.
Reproducible marked up drawings shall be complete with polyester
handing strips of approved design and the reproducible drawings shall
be prepared in ink on 0.075 mm stable polyester drawing film.

3 Submit a sample drawing, schedule and specification to the Engineer

for review before production of the reproducible copies of the
documents commences. Approved sample will provide the standard by
which acceptability of subsequently submitted documents will be
Project Record Documents Section 01 78 39 - 2
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

determined.

4 With the written agreement of the Engineer, top quality copies (if
available) of certain Contract documents and shop drawings may be
used, with the necessary updating, as marked up drawings and record
documents. The copies shall he produced by the Engineer. Should the
Engineer decide that any of the copies produced are unsatisfactory for
use as the base for a record document, then the Contractor shall not
use such copies. The Engineer's decision will be final and no
compensation for the production of unsatisfactory copies shall be
allowed.

5 Identify the documents by project title, serial number, etc., and cross
reference them for ease of interpretation. The documents shall show any
information previously shown on shop drawings, which may be useful in
the operation, maintenance or subsequent modification of extension to
the works and shall show reference numbers or letters for the controls of
plant items or any parts thereof, corresponding to the lettering,
numbering or another identification fixed to plant or equipment.

6 In addition, submit all shop drawings in their 'A' action status or amended
as applicable, marked "As built shop drawings”.

D. Submission of Project Record Documents:

1 Submit tile following copies of the record documents to the Engineer for
review.

a. 1 set of Original Negative Drawings.

b. 3 sets of White Paper copies of All Drawings in A0 size.

c. Complete record of As Built drawings Scanned Colored copy in

Digital Format “CD”.

d. Complete record of approved "A Action" Shop Drawing in Digital

Format “CD”.

2 Deliver original negatives for final project record Drawings and As Built
shop drawings. Project title, contract No. and Drawing designation shall

Project Record Documents Section 01 78 39 - 3

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

be clearly and indelibly marked on the outside of the cabinets.

3 Deliver legible black line copies on white paper produced by agreed

process using cut sheets of an agreed upon size. The prints shall be
collated and bound by an approved process into books with heavy
duty covers of approved material, color, design and format.

4 The Contractor shall understand that a condition precedent to the

acceptance of the Works will be the receipt and approval of final
project record drawings by the Engineer, in the form and manner stated
above.

E. Record Product Data

1 During the construction period, maintain one copy of each product

data submittal for project record document purposes.

2 Mark product data to indicate the actual product installation where

the installation varies substantially from that indicated in product data
submitted. Include significant changes in the product delivered to the
site, and changes in manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations
for installation.

3 Give particular attention to information on concealed products and

installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.

4 Note related variations and mark-up of record drawings, where

applicable.

5 Upon completion of markup, submit a complete set of record product

data to the Engineer for the Employer's records.

6 Where record product data is required as part of maintenance

manuals, submit marked-up product data as an insert in the manual,
instead of submittal as record product data.

F. Miscellaneous Record Submittals

1 Refer to other Specification Sections for miscellaneous, record keeping

requirements and submittals in connection with various construction
activities. Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, complete
Project Record Documents Section 01 78 39 - 4
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

miscellaneous records and place. In good order, properly identified and

bound or filed, ready for use and reference. Submit to the Engineer for
the Employer's records.

2 Categories of requirements resulting in miscellaneous records include,

but are not limited to the following:

a. Field records on excavations and foundations.

b. Field records on underground construction and similar work survey

showing locations and elevations of underground lines.

c. Invert elevations of drainage piping.

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

NOT USED

PART 3 | EXECUTION

NOT USED

End of Section 01 78 39

Project Record Documents Section 01 78 39 - 5

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 01 79 00 - DEMONSTRATION & TRAINING
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 79 00
DEMONSTRATION & TRAINING
TABLE OF CONTENTS:
PART 1 | GENERAL ...............................................................................................................8
1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................8
1.2. SUMMARY ....................................................................................................................8
1.3. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS .....................................................................................8
1.4. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS ...............................................................................................9
1.5. QUALITY ASSURANCE ..................................................................................................9
1.6. COORDINATION ........................................................................................................10
PART 2 | PRODUCTS ...........................................................................................................10
2.1. INSTRUCTION PROGRAM ..........................................................................................10
PART 3 | EXECUTION..........................................................................................................13
3.1. PREPARATION ............................................................................................................13
3.2. INSTRUCTION ..............................................................................................................13
3.3. DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING VIDEO RECORDINGS .......................................14

Demonstration & Training Section 01 79 00 - 7

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 01 79 00 - DEMONSTRATION & TRAINING

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Particular Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply
to this section.

B. Related Sections include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

1 Section 01 78 23 “Operation & Maintenance Data”

1.2. SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for

instructing Owner's personnel, including the following:

1 Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment.

2 Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and

equipment.

3 Demonstration and training video recordings.

1.3. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Instruction Program: Submit outline of instructional program for

demonstration and training, including a list of training modules and a
schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and
instructors' names for each training module. Include learning objective
and outline for each training module.

1 Indicate proposed training modules using manufacturer-produced

demonstration and training video recordings for systems, equipment,
and products in lieu of video recording of live instructional module.

B. Qualification Data: For instructor.

C. Attendance Record: For each training module, submit list of participants

and length of instruction time.

D. Evaluations: For each participant and for each training module, submit

Demonstration & Training Section 01 79 00 - 8

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

results and documentation of performance-based test.

1.4. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Demonstration and Training Video Recordings: Submit two (2) copies

within seven (7) days of end of each training module.

1 Identification: On each copy, provide an applied label with the

following information:

a. Name of Project.

b. Name and address of videographer.

c. Name of Engineer.

d. Name of Construction Manager.

e. Name of Contractor.

f. Date of video recording.

2 Transcript: Prepared and bound in format matching operation and

maintenance manuals. Mark appropriate identification on front and
spine of each binder. Include a cover sheet with same label information
as the corresponding video recording. Include name of Project and
date of video recording on each page.

3 At completion of training, submit complete training manual(s) for

Owner's use prepared and bound in format matching operation and
maintenance manuals and in PDF electronic file format on USB drive.

1.5. QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or

educating maintenance personnel in a training program similar in
content and extent to that indicated for this Project, and whose work
has resulted in training or education with a record of successful learning
performance.

B. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative,

experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and training.

Demonstration & Training Section 01 79 00 - 9

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

C. Videographer Qualifications: A professional videographer who is

experienced photographing demonstration and training events similar
to those required.

D. Pre-instruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to

comply with requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and
Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to
demonstration and training including, but not limited to, the following:

1 Inspect and discuss locations and other facilities required for instruction.

2 Review and finalize instruction schedule and verify availability of

educational materials, instructors' personnel, audio-visual equipment,
and facilities needed to avoid delays.

3 Review required content of instruction.

4 For instruction that must occur outside, review weather and forecasted
weather conditions and procedures to follow if conditions are
unfavorable.

1.6. COORDINATION

A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust

schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations and to
ensure availability of Owner's personnel.

B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times,

length of instruction time, and course content.

C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved

emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit
instruction program until operation and maintenance data has been
reviewed and approved by Engineer.

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

2.1. INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes

individual training modules for each system and for equipment not part

Demonstration & Training Section 01 79 00 - 10

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections.

B. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for

each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that
participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction
for the following as applicable to the system, equipment, or component:

1 Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include

the following:

a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions.

b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor are delegated design

responsibility.

c. Operating standards.

d. Regulatory requirements.

e. Equipment function.

f. Operating characteristics.

g. Limiting conditions.

h. Performance curves.

2 Documentation: Review the following items in detail:

a. Emergency manuals.

b. Operations manuals.

c. Maintenance manuals.

d. Project record documents.

e. Identification systems.

f. Warranties and bonds.

g. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing

commitments.

3 3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable:

a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error

Demonstration & Training Section 01 79 00 - 11

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

messages.

b. Instructions on stopping.

c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency.

d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating

limits.

e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems.

f. Special operating instructions and procedures.

4 Operations: Include the following, as applicable:

a. Startup procedures.

b. Equipment or system break-in procedures.

c. Routine and normal operating instructions.

d. Regulation and control procedures.

e. Control sequences.

f. Safety procedures.

g. Instructions on stopping.

h. Normal shutdown instructions.

i. Operating procedures for emergencies.

j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure.

k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.

l. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.

m. Special operating instructions and procedures.

5 Adjustments: Include the following:

a. Alignments.

b. Checking adjustments.

c. Noise and vibration adjustments.

d. Economy and efficiency adjustments.

Demonstration & Training Section 01 79 00 - 12
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

6 Troubleshooting: Include the following:

a. Diagnostic instructions.

b. Test and inspection procedures.

7 Maintenance: Include the following:

a. Inspection procedures.

b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.

c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to

product.

d. Procedures for routine cleaning

e. Procedures for preventive maintenance.

f. Procedures for routine maintenance.

g. Instruction on use of special tools.

8 Repairs: Include the following:

a. Diagnosis instructions.

b. Repair instructions.

c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and

re- assembly instructions.

d. Instructions for identifying parts and components.

e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance.

PART 3 | EXECUTION

3.1. PREPARATION

A. 3.1.1 Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction,

including documentation and training module. Assemble training
modules into a training manual organized in coordination with
requirements in Section 01 78 23 "Operation and Maintenance Data."

B. 3.1.2 Set up instructional equipment at instruction location.

3.2. INSTRUCTION
Demonstration & Training Section 01 79 00 - 13
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program

and training modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate
between Contractor and Owner for number of participants, instruction
times, and location.

B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust,

operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of
a system.

1 Engineer will furnish an instructor to describe basis of system design,

operational requirements, criteria, and regulatory requirements.

2 Owner will furnish an instructor to describe Owner's operational

philosophy.

3 Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants.

C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For

equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction
at start of each season.

1 Schedule training with Owner, through Engineer, with at least seven (7)
days' advance notice.

D. Training Location and Reference Material: Conduct training on-site in

the completed and fully operational facility using the actual equipment
in-place. Conduct training using final operation and maintenance data
submittals.

E. Evaluation: At conclusion of each training module, assess and

document each participant's mastery of module by use of a
demonstration performance-based test.

F. Cleanup: Collect used and leftover educational materials and give to

Owner. Remove instructional equipment. Restore systems and
equipment to condition existing before initial training use.

3.3. DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING VIDEO RECORDINGS

A. General: Engage a qualified commercial videographer to record

demonstration and training video recordings. Record each training
Demonstration & Training Section 01 79 00 - 14
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

module separately. Include classroom instructions and demonstrations,

board diagrams, and other visual aids, but not student practice.

1 At beginning of each training module, record each chart containing

learning objective and lesson outline.

B. Video: Provide minimum 640 x 480 video resolution converted to format

file type acceptable to Owner, on electronic media.

1 Electronic Media: Read-only format compact disc acceptable to

Owner, with commercial-grade graphic label.

2 File Hierarchy: Organize folder structure and file locations according to

project manual table of contents. Provide complete screen-based
menu.

3 File Names: Utilize file names based upon name of equipment generally
described in video segment, as identified in Project specifications.

4 Contractor and Installer Contact File: Using appropriate software,

create a file for inclusion on the Equipment Demonstration and Training
DVD that describes the following for each Contractor involved on the
Project, arranged according to Project table of contents:

a. Name of Contractor/Installer.

b. Business address.

c. Business phone number.

d. Point of contact.

e. E-mail address.

C. Recording: Mount camera on tripod before starting recording, unless

otherwise necessary to adequately cover area of demonstration and
training. Display continuous running time.

1 Film training session(s) in segments not to exceed 15 minutes.

a. Produce segments to present a single significant piece of

equipment per segment.

Demonstration & Training Section 01 79 00 - 15

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

b. Organize segments with multiple pieces of equipment to follow

order of Project Manual table of contents.

c. Where a training session on a particular piece of equipment

exceeds 15 minutes, stop filming and pause training session. Begin
training session again upon commencement of new filming
segment.

D. Light Levels: Verify light levels are adequate to properly light equipment.
Verify equipment markings are clearly visible prior to recording.

1 Furnish additional portable lighting as required.

E. Narration: Describe scenes on video recording by dubbing audio

narration off- site after video recording is recorded. Include description
of items being viewed.

F. Transcript: Provide a transcript of the narration. Display images and

running time captured from videotape opposite the corresponding
narration segment.

G. Pre-produced Video Recordings: Provide video recordings used as a

component of training modules in same format as recordings of live
training.

End of Section 01 79 00.

Demonstration & Training Section 01 79 00 - 16

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 018113.13 - SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - DMGBC
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

Demonstration & Training Section 01 79 00 - 17

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+Garage)

SECTION 018113.13

SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - DMGBC

TABLE OF CONTENTS:
PART 1 | GENERAL ........................................................................................................... 1
1.1. RELATED DOCUMENTS ............................................................................................... 1
1.2. SUMMARY ................................................................................................................... 1
1.3. DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................................. 1
1.4. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................... 2
1.5. ACTION SUBMITTALS ................................................................................................... 2
1.6. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS .................................................................................... 4
1.7. QUALITY ASSURANCE ................................................................................................. 5
PART 2 | PRODUCTS ........................................................................................................ 6
2.1. MATERIALS, GENERAL................................................................................................. 6
2.2. SALVAGED, REFURBISHED, OR REUSED MATERIALS ................................................. 6
2.3. RECYCLED CONTENT OF MATERIALS ........................................................................ 6
2.4. REGIONAL MATERIALS................................................................................................ 6
2.5. CERTIFIED WOOD ....................................................................................................... 6
2.6. LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS......................................................................................... 7
PART 3 | EXECUTION ....................................................................................................... 9
3.1. REFRIGERANT AND CLEAN-AGENT FIRE-EXTINGUISHING-AGENT REMOVAL ......... 9
3.2. MEASUREMENT AND VERIFICATION ........................................................................ 10
3.3. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT ................................................................ 10
3.4. CONSTRUCTION INDOOR-AIR-QUALITY MANAGEMENT ....................................... 10
End Of Section 01 81 13.13 ......................................................................................... 12

Sustainable Design Requirements Section 01 81 12. 13 - 0

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 018113.13 - SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - DMGBC

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,
apply to this Section.

1.2. SUMMARY

A. Section includes general requirements and procedures for compliance

with certain Dubai Municipality Green Building Council prerequisites and
credits needed for Project to obtain DMGBC certification.

B. Other DMGBC prerequisites and credits needed to obtain DMGBC

certification depend on product selections and may not be specifically
identified as DMGBC requirements. Compliance with requirements
needed to obtain DMGBC prerequisites and credits may be used as one
criterion to evaluate substitution requests and comparable product
requests.

C. Additional DMGBC prerequisites and credits needed to obtain the

indicated DMGBC certification depend on Engineer's design and other
aspects of Project that are not part of the Work of the Contract.

D. Specific requirements for DMGBC are included in greater detail in other

Sections.

1.3. DEFINITIONS

A. Chain-of-Custody Certificates: Certificates signed by manufacturers

certifying that wood used to make products was obtained from forests
certified by an FSC- accredited certification body to comply with FSC
STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship."
Certificates shall include evidence that manufacturer is certified for
chain of custody by an FSC-accredited certification body.

B. Regional Materials: Materials that were extracted, processed, and/or

manufactured within the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) area. GCC

Sustainable Design Requirements Section 01 81 12. 13 - 1

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

member countries are: United Arab Emirates, the Kingdom of Bahrain,

the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, the Sultanate of Oman, Qatar, and
Kuwait. If only a fraction of a product or material is
extracted/harvested/recovered and manufactured locally, then only
that percentage (by weight) shall contribute to the regional value.

C. Recycled Content: The recycled content value of a material assembly

shall be determined by weight. The recycled fraction of the assembly is
then multiplied by the cost of assembly to determine the recycled
content value.

1 "Post-consumer" material is defined as waste material generated by

households or by commercial, industrial, and institutional facilities in their
role as end users of the product, which can no longer be used for its in-
tended purpose.

2 "Pre-consumer" material is defined as material diverted from the waste

stream during the manufacturing process. Excluded is reutilization of
materials such as rework, regrind, or scrap generated in a process and
capable of being reclaimed within the same process that generated it.

1.4. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. Respond to questions and requests from Engineer and the Dubai

Municipality regarding DMGBC credits that are the responsibility of the
Contractor, that depend on product selection or product qualities, or
that depend on Contractor's procedures until the Dubai Municipality
has made its determination on the project's DMGBC certification
application. Document responses as informational submittals.

1.5. ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit additional DMGBC submittals required by other

Specification Sections.

B. DMGBC submittals are in addition to other submittals. If submitted item

is identical to that submitted to comply with other requirements, submit
duplicate copies as a separate submittal to verify compliance with
indicated DMGBC requirements.

Sustainable Design Requirements Section 01 81 12. 13 - 2

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

C. DMGBC Documentation Submittals:

1 Product data and wiring diagrams for sensors and data collection
system used to provide continuous metering of building energy-
consumption performance over time.

2 Comply with Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and

Disposal."

3 Receipts for salvaged and refurbished materials used for Project,

indicating sources and costs for salvaged and refurbished materials.

4 Product data and certification letter from product manufacturers

indicating percentages by weight of post-consumer and pre-consumer
recycled con- tent for products having recycled content. Include
statement indicating material cost for each product having recycled
content.

5 Product data for regional materials indicating location and distance

from Project of material manufacturer and point of extraction, harvest,
or recovery for each raw material. Include statement indicating cost for
each regional material and the fraction by weight that is considered
regional.

6 Product data and chain-of-custody certificates for products containing

certified wood. Include statement indicating cost for each certified
wood product.

7 Indoor air quality compliance:

a. Construction indoor-air-quality management plan.

b. Product data for temporary filtration media.

c. Product data for filtration media used during occupancy.

d. Construction Documentation: Six photographs at three different

times during the construction period, along with a brief description
of the SMACNA approach employed, documenting
implementation of the indoor-air-quality management measures,
such as protection of ducts and on-site stored or installed absorptive

Sustainable Design Requirements Section 01 81 12. 13 - 3

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

materials.

e. Signed statement describing the building air flush-out procedures

including the dates when flush-out was begun and completed and
statement that filtration media was replaced after flush-out.

f. Product data for filtration media used during flush-out and during
occupancy.

8 Report from testing and inspecting agency indicating results of in- door-
air-quality testing and documentation showing compliance with indoor-
air-quality testing procedures and requirements.

a. Product data for adhesives and sealants used inside the

weatherproofing system indicating VOC content of each product
used.

b. Product data for paints and coatings used inside the

weatherproofing system indicating VOC content of each product
used.

c. Product data for products containing composite wood or agrifiber

products or wood glues indicating that they do not contain urea-
formaldehyde resin.

1.6. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For DMGBC coordinator.

B. Project Materials Cost Data: Provide statement indicating total cost for
materials used for Project. Costs exclude labor, overhead, and profit.
Include breakout of costs for the following categories of items:

1 Furniture.

2 Plumbing.

3 Mechanical.

4 Electrical.

a. Specialty items such as elevators and equipment.

b. Wood-based construction materials.

Sustainable Design Requirements Section 01 81 12. 13 - 4

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

5 DMGBC Action Plans: Provide preliminary submittals within thirty (30)

days of date established for commencement of the Work indicating
how the following requirements will be met:

a. Waste management plan complying with Section 017419

"Construction Waste Management and Disposal."

b. List of proposed salvaged, refurbished, and reused materials.

Identify each material that will be salvaged, refurbished, or reused,
including its source, cost, and replacement cost if the item was to
be purchased new.

c. List of proposed materials with recycled content. Indicate cost, post-

consumer recycled content, and pre-consumer recycled content
for each product having recycled content.

d. List of proposed regional materials. Identify each regional material,

including its source, cost, and the fraction by weight that is
considered regional.

e. List of proposed certified wood products. Indicate each product

containing certified wood, including its source and cost of certified
wood products.

f. Construction indoor-air-quality management plan.

6 DMGBC Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for

Payment, submit reports comparing actual construction and purchasing
activities with DMGBC action plans for the following:

a. Waste reduction progress reports complying with Section 017419

"Construction Waste Management and Disposal."

b. Salvaged, refurbished, and reused materials.

c. Recycled content.

d. Regional materials.

e. Certified wood products.

1.7. QUALITY ASSURANCE

f. DMGBC Coordinator: Engage an experienced DMGBC-Accredited

Sustainable Design Requirements Section 01 81 12. 13 - 5
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

Professional to coordinate DMGBC requirements. DMGBC

coordinator may also serve as waste management coordinator

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

2.1. MATERIALS, GENERAL

A. Provide products and procedures necessary to obtain DMGBC credits

required in this Section. Although other Sections may specify some
requirements that contribute to DMGBC credits, the Contractor shall
determine additional materials and procedures necessary to obtain
DMGBC credits indicated.

2.2. SALVAGED, REFURBISHED, OR REUSED MATERIALS

A. Not less than 5 percent of the total volume of building materials shall be
salvaged, refurbished, or reused materials.

2.3. RECYCLED CONTENT OF MATERIALS

A. Not used

2.4. REGIONAL MATERIALS

A. Not less than 5 percent of building materials (by volume) shall be

regional materials.

2.5. CERTIFIED WOOD

A. Not less than 25 percent (by volume) of wood-based materials shall be

produced from wood obtained from forests certified by an FSC-
accredited certification body to comply with FSC STD-01-001, "FSC
Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship."

1 Wood-based materials include, but are not limited to, the following
materials when made from wood, engineered wood products, or wood-
based panel products:

a. Rough carpentry.

b. Miscellaneous carpentry.

c. Heavy timber construction.

d. Wood decking.

Sustainable Design Requirements Section 01 81 12. 13 - 6

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

e. Metal-plate-connected wood trusses.

f. Structural glued-laminated timber.

g. Finish carpentry.

h. Engineered woodwork.

i. Wood paneling.

j. Wood veneer wall covering.

k. Wood flooring.

l. Wood lockers.

m. Wood cabinets.

n. Furniture.

2.6. LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS

A. For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system,

adhesives and sealants shall comply with the following VOC content
limits when calculated ac- cording to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method
24), or as otherwise specified by the Dubai Central Lab or any other
source as approved by Dubai Municipality:

1 Wood Glues: 30 g/L.

2 Metal-to-Metal Adhesives: 30 g/L.

3 Adhesives for Porous Materials (Except Wood): 50 g/L.

4 Subfloor Adhesives: 50 g/L.

5 Plastic Foam Adhesives: 50 g/L.

6 Carpet Adhesives: 50 g/L.

7 Carpet Pad Adhesives: 50 g/L.

8 VCT and Asphalt Tile Adhesives: 50 g/L.

9 Cove Base Adhesives: 50 g/L.

10 Gypsum Board and Panel Adhesives: 50 g/L.

11 Rubber Floor Adhesives: 60 g/L.

Sustainable Design Requirements Section 01 81 12. 13 - 7

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

12 Ceramic Tile Adhesives: 65 g/L.

13 Multipurpose Construction Adhesives: 70 g/L.

14 Fiberglass Adhesives: 80 g/L.

15 Contact Adhesive: 80 g/L.

16 Structural Glazing Adhesives: 100 g/L.

17 Wood Flooring Adhesive: 100 g/L.

18 Structural Wood Member Adhesive: 140 g/L.

19 Single-Ply Roof Membrane Adhesive: 250 g/L.

20 Special-Purpose Contact Adhesive (contact adhesive that is used to

bond melamine-covered board, metal, unsupported vinyl, rubber, or
wood veneer 1/16 inch or less in thickness to any surface): 250 g/L.

21 Top and Trim Adhesive: 250 g/L.

22 Plastic Cement Welding Compounds: 250 g/L.

23 ABS Welding Compounds: 325 g/L.

24 CPVC Welding Compounds: 490 g/L.

25 PVC Welding Compounds: 510 g/L.

26 Adhesive Primer for Plastic: 550 g/L.

27 Sheet-Applied Rubber Lining Adhesive: 850 g/L.

28 Aerosol Adhesive, General-Purpose Mist Spray: 65 percent by weight.

29 Aerosol Adhesive, General-Purpose Web Spray: 55 percent by weight.

30 Special-Purpose Aerosol Adhesive (All Types): 70 percent by weight.

31 Other Adhesives: 250 g/L.

32 Engineerural Sealants: 250 g/L.

33 Nonmembrane Roof Sealants: 300 g/L.

34 Single-Ply Roof Membrane Sealants: 450 g/L.

35 Other Sealants: 420 g/L.

36 Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L.

Sustainable Design Requirements Section 01 81 12. 13 - 8
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

37 Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L.

38 Modified Bituminous Sealant Primers: 500 g/L.

39 Other Sealant Primers: 750 g/L.

B. For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system, paints
and coatings shall comply with the following VOC content limits when
calculated ac- cording to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), or as
otherwise specified by the Dubai Central Lab or any other source as
approved by Dubai Municipality:

1 Flat Paints and Coatings: VOC not more than 50 g/L.

2 Non flat Paints and Coatings: VOC not more than 150 g/L.

3 Dry-Fog Coatings: VOC not more than 400 g/L.

4 Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: VOC not more than 200 g/L.

5 Anticorrosive and Antirust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: VOC not

more than 250 g/L.

6 Zinc-Rich Industrial Maintenance Primers: VOC not more than 340 g/L.

7 Pretreatment Wash Primers: VOC not more than 420 g/L.

8 Clear Wood Finishes, Varnishes: VOC not more than 350 g/L.

9 Clear Wood Finishes, Lacquers: VOC not more than 550 g/L.

10 Floor Coatings: VOC not more than 100 g/L.

11 Shellacs, Clear: VOC not more than 730 g/L.

12 Shellacs, Pigmented: VOC not more than 550 g/L.

13 Stains: VOC not more than 250 g/L.

14 Composite wood, agrifiber products, and adhesives shall not contain

urea- formaldehyde resin.

PART 3 | EXECUTION

3.1. REFRIGERANT AND CLEAN-AGENT FIRE-EXTINGUISHING-AGENT REMOVAL

A. Remove CFC-based refrigerants from existing HVAC&R equipment

indicated to remain and replace with refrigerants that are not CFC
Sustainable Design Requirements Section 01 81 12. 13 - 9
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

based. Replace or adjust existing equipment to accommodate new

refrigerant as described in HVAC Sections.

B. Remove clean-agent fire-extinguishing agents that contain HCFCs or

halons and replace with agent that does not contain HCFCs or halons.
See Section 212200 "Clean-Agent Fire-Extinguishing Systems" for
additional requirements.

3.2. MEASUREMENT AND VERIFICATION

A. Implement measurement and verification plan consistent with the

competent authority.

B. If not already in place, install metering equipment to measure energy

usage. Monitor, record, and trend log measurements.

C. Evaluate energy performance and efficiency by comparing actual to

predicted performance.

D. Measurement and verification period shall cover at least one year of

postconstruction occupancy.

3.3. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT

A. Comply with Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and

Disposal."

3.4. CONSTRUCTION INDOOR-AIR-QUALITY MANAGEMENT

A. Comply with SMACNA's "SMACNA IAQ Guideline for Occupied Buildings

under Construction" or as otherwise specified by Dubai Municipality.

1 If Owner authorizes use of permanent heating, cooling, and ventilating

systems during construction period as specified in Section 015000
"Temporary Facilities and Controls," install filter media having a MERV 8
according to ASHRAE 52.2 at each return-air inlet for the air-handling
system used during construction.

2 Replace all air filters immediately prior to occupancy.

B. Building flush-out

1 After construction ends, prior to occupancy and with all interior finishes
installed, perform a building flush-out by supplying a total volume of 4
Sustainable Design Requirements Section 01 81 12. 13 - 10
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

300 000 L of outdoor air per sq. m of floor area while maintaining an in
thermal temperature of at least 16 deg C and a relative humidity no
higher than 60 percent.

2 Air-Quality Testing:

a. Conduct baseline indoor-air-quality testing, after construction ends

and prior to occupancy, using testing protocols consistent with the
EPA's "Compendium of Methods for the Determination of Air
Pollutants in Indoor Air" and as additionally detailed in the Dubai
Municipality regulations.

b. Demonstrate that the contaminant maximum concentrations listed

below are not exceeded:

• Formaldehyde: 27 ppb.

• Particulates (PM10): 50 micrograms/cu. m.

• Total Volatile Organic Compounds (TVOC): 500 micrograms/cu.

m.

• 4-Phenylcyclohexene (4-PH): 6.5 micrograms/cu. m.

• Carbon Monoxide: 9 ppm and no greater than 2 ppm above

outdoor levels.

c. For each sampling point where the maximum concentration limits

are exceeded, conduct additional flush-out with outside air and
retest the specific parameter(s) exceeded to indicate the
requirements are achieved. Repeat procedure until all requirements
have been met. When retesting noncomplying building areas, take
samples from same locations as in the first test.

3 Air-sample testing shall be conducted as follows:

• All measurements shall be conducted prior to occupancy but

during normal occupied hours, and with building ventilation
system starting at the normal daily start time and operated at the
minimum outside air flow rate for the occupied mode through-
out the duration of the air testing.

Sustainable Design Requirements Section 01 81 12. 13 - 11

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

• Building shall have all interior finishes installed including, but not
limited to, millwork, doors, paint, carpet, and acoustic tiles.
Nonfixed furnishings such as workstations and partitions are
encouraged, but not required, to be in place for the testing.

• Number of sampling locations varies depending on the size of

building and number of ventilation systems. For each portion of
building served by a separate ventilation system, the number of
sampling points shall not be less than one per 2300 sq. m or for
each contiguous floor area, whichever is larger, and shall include
areas with the least ventilation and greatest presumed source
strength.

• Air samples shall be collected between 0.9 and 1.8 m from the
floor to represent the breathing zone of occupants, and over a
minimum four-hour period.

End of Section 01 81 13.13

Sustainable Design Requirements Section 01 81 12. 13 - 12

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

DIVISION 01 - SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 011913 - GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)
 MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 011913

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS:_Toc8819433
PART 1 |GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 1
1.1. RELATED DOCUMENTS ............................................................................................ 1
1.2. SUMMARY ................................................................................................................ 1
1.3. RELATED REQUIREMENTS: ....................................................................................... 1
1.4. DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................................. 2
1.5. COMPENSATION ..................................................................................................... 4
1.6. COMMISSIONING TEAM ......................................................................................... 4
1.7. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS ................................................................................ 5
1.8. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS ........................................................................................... 7
1.9. QUALITY ASSURANCE ............................................................................................. 8
1.10. COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY'S RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................ 9
PART 2 |PRODUCTS ............................................................................................................... 9
2.1. TEST EQUIPMENT, INSTRUMENTATION, AND TOOLS .............................................. 9
2.2. PROPRIETARY TEST EQUIPMENT, INSTRUMENTATION, AND TOOLS .................... 10
2.3. REPORT FORMAT AND ORGANIZATION .............................................................. 10
PART 3 |EXECUTION ............................................................................................................ 11
3.1. PREPARATION ........................................................................................................ 11
3.2. CONSTRUCTION CHECKLISTS ............................................................................... 11
3.3. GENERAL EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS ................................................................ 14
3.4. COMMISSIONING COORDINATOR RESPONSIBILITIES......................................... 15
3.5. COMMISSIONING TESTING ................................................................................... 16
3.6. COMMISSIONING MEETINGS ............................................................................... 23
3.7. SEQUENCING ........................................................................................................ 23
3.8. SCHEDULING ......................................................................................................... 24
3.9. COMMISSIONING REPORTS ................................................................................. 26
3.10. CERTIFICATE OF CONSTRUCTION PHASE COMMISSIONING COMPLETION ..... 29

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 0

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

SECTION 011913 - GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 | GENERAL

1.1. RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,
apply to this Section.

B. Owner's Project Requirements and Basis-of-Design documentation are

included by reference for information only.

1.2. SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1 General requirements for coordinating and scheduling commissioning.

2 Commissioning meetings.

3 Commissioning reports.

4 Use of test equipment, instrumentation, and tools for commissioning.

5 Construction checklists, including, but not limited to, installation checks,

startup, performance tests, and performance test demonstration.

6 Commissioning tests and commissioning test demonstration.

7 Adjusting, verifying, and documenting identified systems and

assemblies.

1.3. RELATED REQUIREMENTS:

A. Section 013323 "Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples" for

submittal procedures requirements for commissioning.

B. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for certificate of Construction

Phase Commissioning Completion submittal requirements.

C. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for preliminary

operation and maintenance data submittal.

D. Section 110800 "Commissioning of Equipment" for technical

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 1

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

commissioning requirements for building equipment.

E. Section 130800 "Commissioning of Special Construction" for technical

commissioning requirements for special construction.

F. Section 140800 "Commissioning of Conveying Equipment" for technical

commissioning requirements for conveying equipment.

G. Section 210800 "Commissioning of Fire Suppression" for technical com-

missioning requirements for fire suppression.

H. Section 220800 "Commissioning of Plumbing" for technical

commissioning requirements for plumbing.

I. Section 230800 "Commissioning of HVAC" for technical commissioning

requirements for HVAC.

1.4. DEFINITIONS

A. Acceptance Criteria: Threshold of acceptable work quality or

performance specified for a commissioning activity, including, but not
limited to, construction check- lists, performance tests, performance test
demonstrations, commissioning tests and commissioning test
demonstrations.

B. Basis-of-Design Document: A document prepared by Owner, Engineer,

or Com- missioning Authority that records concepts, calculations,
decisions, and product selections used to comply with Owner's Project
Requirements and to suit applicable regulatory requirements, standards,
and guidelines.

C. Commissioning Authority: An entity engaged by Contractor, and

identified in Section 011100 "Summary of Works," to evaluate
Commissioning-Process Work.

D. Commissioning Plan: A document, prepared by Commissioning

Authority, that outlines the organization, schedule, allocation of
resources, and documentation requirements of commissioning.

E. Coordinate the scope of Commissioning-Process Work with the

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 2

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

agreement be- tween Owner and Commissioning Authority and with

other Sections specifying Commissioning-Process Work.

F. Commissioning: A quality-focused process for verifying and

documenting that the facility and all of its systems and assemblies are
planned, designed, installed, and tested to comply with Owner's Project
Requirements. The requirements specified here are limited to the
construction phase commissioning activities.

G. Construction Phase Commissioning Completion: The stage of

completion and acceptance of commissioning when resolution of
deficient conditions and issues discovered during commissioning and
retesting until acceptable results are obtained has been accomplished.
Owner will establish in writing the date Construction Phase
Commissioning Completion is achieved. See Section 017700 "Closeout
Procedures" for certificate of Construction Phase Commissioning
Completion submittal requirements.

1. Commissioning is complete when the work specified in this Section and

related Sections has been completed and accepted, including, but not
limited to, the following:

a. Completion of tests and acceptance of test results.

b. Resolution of issues, as verified by retests performed and document-

ed with acceptance of retest results.

c. Comply with requirements in Section 017900 "Demonstration and

Training."

d. Completion and acceptance of submittals and reports.

2. Owner's Project Requirements: A document written by Owner, Engineer,

or Commissioning Authority that details the functional requirements of a
project and the expectations of how it will be used and operated,
including Project goals, measurable performance criteria, cost
considerations, benchmarks, success criteria, and supporting
information.

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 3

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

3. Owner's Witness: Commissioning Authority, Owner's Project Manager, or

Engineer-designated witness authorized to authenticate test
demonstration data and to sign completed test data forms.

4. "Systems," "Assemblies," "Subsystems," "Equipment," and "Components":

Where these terms are used together or separately, they shall mean "as-
built" systems, assemblies, subsystems, equipment, and components.

5. Test: Performance tests, performance test demonstrations,

commissioning tests, and commissioning test demonstrations.

6. Sampling Procedures and Tables for Inspection by Attributes: As defined

in ASQ Z1.4.

1.5. COMPENSATION

A. Should Engineer, Commissioning Authority, other Owner's witness, or

Owner's staff perform additional services or incur additional expenses
due to actions of Contractor listed below, compensate Owner for such
additional services and expenses.

1. Failure to provide timely notice of commissioning activities schedule

changes.

2. Failure to meet acceptance criteria for test demonstrations.

B. Contractor shall compensate Owner for such additional services and

expenses at the rate of five hundred dirhams (AED 500) per labor hour
plus two thousand dirhams (AED 2,000) per round trip for personnel
travelling more than 200 km’s plus per diem allowances for meals and
lodging according to current UAE Per Diem Rates.

1.6. COMMISSIONING TEAM

A. Members Appointed by Contractor(s):

1. Commissioning authority, plus consultants that Commissioning Authority

may deem appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning.

2. Commissioning Coordinator: A person or entity employed by Contractor

to manage, schedule, and coordinate commissioning.

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 4

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

3. Project superintendent and other employees that Contractor may

deem appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning.

4. Subcontractors, installers, suppliers, and specialists that Contractor may

deem appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning.

5. Appointed team members shall have the authority to act on behalf of

the entity they represent.

B. Members Appointed by Owner:

1. Owner representative(s), facility operations and maintenance

personnel, plus other employees, separate contractors, and consultants
that Owner may deem appropriate for a particular portion of the
commissioning.

2. Engineer, plus employees and consultants that Engineer may deem ap-
propriate for a particular portion of the commissioning.

1.7. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Comply with requirements in Section 013323 "Shop drawings, Product

Data, and Samples" for submittal procedures general requirements for
commissioning.

B. Commissioning Plan Information:

1. List of Contractor-appointed commissioning team members to include

specific personnel and subcontractors to the performance of the
various com- missioning requirements.

2. Schedule of commissioning activities, integrated with the construction

schedule. Comply with requirements in Section 013200 "Construction
Progress Documentation" for construction schedule general
requirements for commissioning.

3. Contractor personnel and subcontractors to participate in each test.

4. List of instrumentation required for each test to include identification of

parties that will provide instrumentation for each test.

C. Commissioning schedule.

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 5

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

D. Two-week look-ahead schedules.

E. Commissioning Coordinator Letter of Authority:

1. Within ten (10) days after approval of Commissioning Coordinator

qualifications, submit a letter of authority for Commissioning
Coordinator, signed by a principal of Contractor's firm. Letter shall
authorize Commissioning Coordinator to do the following:

a. Make inspections required for commissioning.

b. Coordinate, schedule, and manage commissioning of Contractor,

subcontractors, and suppliers.

c. Obtain documentation required for commissioning from

Contractor, subcontractors, and suppliers.

d. Report issues, delayed resolution of issues, schedule conflicts, and

lack of cooperation or expertise on the part of members of the com-
missioning team.

F. Commissioning Coordinator Qualification Data: For entity coordinating

Contractor's commissioning activities to demonstrate their capabilities
and experience.

1. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced"

means having successfully completed a minimum of five (5) previous
projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar
with special requirements indicated; and having complied with
requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

G. List test instrumentation, equipment, and monitoring devices. Include

the following information:

1. Make, model, serial number, and application for each instrument,

equipment, and monitoring device.

2. Brief description of intended use.

3. Calibration record showing the following:

a. Calibration agency, including name and contact information.

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 6

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

b. Last date of calibration.

c. Range of values for which calibration is valid.

d. Certification of accuracy.

e. N.I.S.T. traceability certification for calibration equipment.

f. Due date of the next calibration.

H. Test Reports:

1. Pre-Startup Report: Prior to start-up of equipment or a system, submit

signed, completed construction checklists.

2. Test Data Reports: At the end of each day in which tests are conducted,
submit test data for tests performed.

3. Commissioning Issues Reports: Daily, at the end of each day in which

tests are conducted, submit commissioning issue reports for tests for
which acceptable results were not achieved.

4. Weekly Progress Report: Weekly, at the end of each week in which tests
are conducted, submit a progress report.

5. Data Trend Logs: Submit data trend logs at the end of the trend log
period.

6. System Alarm Logs: Daily, at the start of days following a day in which
tests were performed, submit print-out of log of alarms that occurred
since the last log was printed.

I. Construction Checklists:

a. Material checks.

b. Installation checks.

c. Startup procedures, where required.

1.8. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Commissioning Report:

1. At Construction Phase Commissioning Completion, include the

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 7

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

following:

a. Pre-startup reports.

b. Approved test procedures

c. Test data forms, completed and signed.

d. Progress reports.

e. Commissioning issues report log.

f. Commissioning issues reports showing resolution of issues.

g. Correspondence or other documents related to resolution of issues.

h. Other reports required by commissioning.

i. List unresolved issues and reasons they remain unresolved and

should be exempted from the requirements for Construction Phase
Commissioning Completion.

j. Report shall include commissioning work of Contractor.

2. Request for Certificate of Construction Phase Commissioning

Completion.

3. Operation and Maintenance Data: For proprietary test equipment,

instrumentation, and tools to include in operation and maintenance
manuals.

1.9. QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Commissioning Coordinator Qualifications:

1. Documented experience commissioning systems of similar complexity to

those contained in these documents on at least three (3) projects of
similar scope and complexity.

2. Certification of commissioning process expertise. The following

certifications are acceptable. Owner reserves the right to accept or
reject certifications as evidence of qualification.

a. Certified Commissioning Professional, by Building Commissioning

Association.

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 8

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

b. Commissioning Process Management Professional, by American

Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers.

c. Accredited Commissioning Process Authority Professional, by

University of Wisconsin.

d. Accredited Commissioning Process Manager, by University of

Wisconsin.

e. Accredited Green Commissioning Process Provider, by University of

Wisconsin.

B. Calibration Agency Qualifications: Certified by The American

Association of Laboratory Accreditation that the calibration agency
complies with minimum requirements of ISO/IEC 17025.

1.10. COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY'S RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Commissioning Authority Responsibilities: Comply with

requirements in Section 011100 "Summary of Works."

PART 2 | PRODUCTS

2.1. TEST EQUIPMENT, INSTRUMENTATION, AND TOOLS

A. Test equipment and instrumentation required to perform the

commissioning shall remain the property of Contractor unless otherwise
indicated.

B. Test equipment and instrumentation required to perform commissioning

shall comply with the following criteria:

1. Be manufactured for the purpose of testing and measuring tests for

which they are being used and have an accuracy to test and measure
system performance within the tolerances required to determine
acceptable performance.

2. Calibrated and certified.

C. Calibration performed and documented by a qualified calibration

agency according to national standards applicable to the tools and
instrumentation being calibrated. Calibration shall be current according

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 9

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

to national standards or within test equipment and instrumentation

manufacturer's recommended intervals, whichever is more frequent,
but not less than within six months of initial use on Project. Calibration
tags permanently affixed.

D. Repair and recalibrate test equipment and instrumentation if

dismantled, dropped, or damaged since last calibrated.

1. Maintain test equipment and instrumentation.

2. Use test equipment and instrumentation only for testing or monitoring

Work for which they are designed.

2.2. PROPRIETARY TEST EQUIPMENT, INSTRUMENTATION, AND TOOLS

A. Proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools are those

manufactured or prescribed by tested equipment manufacturer and
required for work on its equipment as a condition of equipment
warranty, or as otherwise required to service, repair, adjust, calibrate or
perform work on its equipment.

a. Identify proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools

required in the test equipment identification list submittal.

b. Proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools shall become

the property of Owner at Substantial Completion.

2.3. REPORT FORMAT AND ORGANIZATION

A. General Format and Organization:

1. Bind report in three-ring binders.

2. Label the front cover and spine of each binder with the report title,
volume number, project name, Contractor's name, and date of report.

3. Record report on compact disk.

4. Electronic Data: Portable document format (PDF); a single file with

outline- organized bookmarks for major and minor tabs and tab
contents itemized for specific reports.

B. Commissioning Report:
General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 10
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

1. Include a table of contents and an index to each test.

2. Include major tabs for each Specification Section.

3. Include minor tabs for each test.

4. Within each minor tab, include the following:

C. Test specification.

D. Pre-startup reports.

E. Approved test procedures.

F. Test data forms, completed and signed.

G. Commissioning issue reports, showing resolution of issues, and

documentation related to resolution of issues pertaining to a single test.
Group data forms, commissioning issue reports showing resolution of
issues, and documentation related to resolution of issues for each test
repetition together within the minor tab, in reverse chronological order
(most recent on top).

PART 3 | EXECUTION

3.1. PREPARATION

A. Review preliminary construction checklists and preliminary test

procedures and data forms.

3.2. CONSTRUCTION CHECKLISTS

A. Construction checklists cannot modify or conflict with the Contract

Documents.

B. Create construction checklists based on actual systems and equipment

to be included in Project.

C. Material Checks: Compare specified characteristics and approved

submittals with materials as received. Include factory tests and other
evaluations, adjustments, and tests performed prior to shipment, if
applicable.

1. Services connection requirements, including configuration, size,

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 11

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

location, and other pertinent characteristics.

2. Included optional features.

3. Delivery Receipt Check: Inspect and record physical condition of

materials and equipment on delivery to Project site, including
agreement with ap- proved submittals, cleanliness and lack of damage.

4. Installation Checks:

a. Location according to Drawings and approved Shop Drawings.

b. Configuration.

c. Compliance with manufacturers' written installation instructions.

d. Attachment to structure.

e. Access clearance to allow for maintenance, service, repair,

removal, and replacement without the need to disassemble or
remove other equipment or building elements. Access coordinated
with other building elements and equipment, including, but not
limited to, ceiling and wall access panels, in a manner consistent
with OSHA fall-protection regulations and safe work practices.

f. Utility connections are of the correct characteristics, as applicable.

g. Correct labeling and identification.

h. Startup Checks: Verify readiness of equipment to be energized.

Include manufacturer's standard startup procedures and forms.

5. Startup: Perform and document initial operation of equipment to prove

that it is installed properly and operates as intended according to
manufacturer's standard startup procedures, minimum.

6. Performance Tests:

a. Static Tests: As specified elsewhere, including, but not limited to,

duct and pipe leakage tests, insulation-resistance tests, and water-
penetration tests.

b. Component Performance Tests: Tests evaluate the performance of

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 12

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

an input or output of components under a full range of operating

conditions.

c. Equipment and Assembly Performance Tests: Test and evaluate

performance of equipment and assemblies under a full range of
operating conditions and loads.

d. System Performance Tests: Test and evaluate performance of

systems under a full range of operating conditions and loads.

e. Intersystem Performance Tests: Test and evaluate the interface of

different systems under a full range of operating conditions and
loads.

D. Deferred Construction Checklists: Obtain Owner approval of proposed

deferral of construction checklists, including proposed schedule of
completion of each deferred construction checklist, before submitting
request for Certificate of Construction Phase Commissioning
Completion. When approved, deferred construction checklists may be
completed after date of Construction Phase Commissioning
Completion. Include the following in request for Certificate of
Construction Phase Commissioning Completion:

a. Identify deferred construction checklists by number and title.

b. Provide a target schedule for completion of deferred construction

check- lists.

c. Written approval of proposed deferred construction checklists,

including approved schedule of completion of each deferred
construction checklist.

E. Delayed Construction Checklists: Obtain Owner approval of proposed

delayed construction checklists, including proposed schedule of
completion of each delayed construction checklist, before submitting
request for Certificate of Construction Phase Commissioning
Completion. When approved, delayed construction checklists may be
completed after date of Construction Phase Commissioning

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 13

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

Completion. Include the following in request for Certificate of

Construction Phase Commissioning Completion:

a. Identify delayed construction checklist by construction checklist

number and title.

b. Provide a target schedule for completion of delayed construction

check- lists.

c. Written approval of proposed delayed construction checklists,

including approved schedule of completion of each delayed
construction checklist.

3.3. GENERAL EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Schedule and coordinate commissioning with the construction

schedule.

B. Perform activities identified in construction checklists, including tests,

and document results of actions as construction proceeds.

C. Perform test demonstrations for Owner's witness. Unless otherwise

indicated, demonstrate tests for 100 percent of work to which the test
applies. In some instances, demonstration of a random sample of other
than 100 percent of the results of a test is specified.

1. Where sampling is specified, the sampling plan and procedure for the
test demonstration shall be determined using ASQ Z1.4.

a. General Inspection: [Level I] [Level II] [Level III] <Insert level>.

b. Special Inspection: [Level S-1] [Level S-2] [Level S-3] [Level S-4]

c. <Insert level>.

d. Acceptance Quality Limit (AQL) of [1.5] <Insert AQL>.

2. The "lot size" in ASQ Z1.4 is the sum of the number of items to which the
test demonstration applies, as described in the scope subparagraph of
each test.

3. On determination of the sample size, the samples shall be selected

randomly by Owner's witness at the time of the test demonstration.
General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 14
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

4. Include in the Commissioning Plan a detailed list of the test

demonstrations with lot and sample quantities for each test.

D. Report test data and commissioning issue resolutions.

E. Schedule personnel to participate in and perform Commissioning-

Process Work.

F. Installing contractors' commissioning responsibilities include, but are not

limited to, the following:

1. Operating the equipment and systems they install during tests.

2. In addition, installing contractors may be required to assist in tests of

equipment and systems with which their work interfaces.

3.4. COMMISSIONING COORDINATOR RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Management and Coordination: Manage, schedule, and coordinate

commissioning, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Coordinate with subcontractors on their commissioning responsibilities

and activities.

2. Obtain, assemble, and submit commissioning documentation.

3. Conduct periodic on-site commissioning meetings. Comply with

requirements in Section 013113 "Project Coordination."

4. Develop and maintain the commissioning schedule. Integrate

commissioning schedule into the construction schedule. Update
schedule at specified intervals.

5. Review and comment on preliminary test procedures and data forms.

6. Report inconsistencies and issues in system operations.

7. Verify that tests have been completed and results comply with
acceptance criteria, and that equipment and systems are ready before
scheduling test demonstrations.

8. Direct and coordinate test demonstrations.

9. Coordinate witnessing of test demonstrations by Owner's witness.

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 15

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

a. Coordinate and manage training. Be present during training

sessions to direct video recording, present training and direct the
training presentations of others. Comply with requirements in Section
017900 "Demonstration and Training."

b. Prepare and submit specified commissioning reports.

c. Track commissioning issues until resolution and retesting is

successfully completed.

d. Retain original records of Commissioning-Process Work, organized

as required for the commissioning report. Provide Owner's
representative access to these records on request.

e. Assemble and submit commissioning report.

3.5. COMMISSIONING TESTING

A. Quality Control: Construction checklists, including tests, are quality-

control tools designed to improve the functional quality of Project. Test
demonstrations evaluate the effectiveness of Contractor's quality-
control process.

B. Owner's witness will be present to witness commissioning work requiring

the sig- nature of an owner's witness, including, but not limited to, test
demonstrations. Owner's project manager will coordinate attendance
by Owner's witness with Contractor's published commissioning schedule.
Owner's witness will provide no labor or materials in the commissioning
work. The only function of Owner's wit- ness will be to observe and
comment on the progress and results of commissioning.

C. Construction Checklists:

1. Complete construction checklists as Work is completed.

2. Distribute construction checklists to installing contractors before they

start work.

3. Installers:

a. Verify installation using approved construction checklists as Work

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 16

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

proceeds.

b. Complete and sign construction checklists daily for work performed

during the preceding day.

4. Provide Commissioning Authority access to construction checklists.

D. Installation Compliance Issues: Record as an installation compliance

issue Work found to be incomplete, inaccessible, at variance with the
Contract Documents, nonfunctional, or that does not comply with
construction checklists. Record installation compliance issues on the
construction checklist at the time they are identified. Record corrective
action and how future Work should be modified be- fore signing off the
construction checklist.

E. Pre-Startup Audit: Prior to executing startup procedures, review

completed installation checks to determine readiness for startup and
operation. Report conditions, which, if left uncorrected, adversely
impact the ability of systems or equipment to operate satisfactorily or to
comply with acceptance criteria. Prepare pre- startup report for each
system.

F. Test Procedures and Test Data Forms:

1. Test procedures shall define the step-by-step procedures to be used to

execute tests and test demonstrations.

2. Test procedures shall be specific to the make, model, and application

of the equipment and systems being tested.

3. Completed test data forms are the official records of the results of tests.

4. Commissioning Authority will provide to Contractor preliminary test

procedures and test data forms for performance tests and
commissioning tests after approval of Product Data, Shop Drawings, and
preliminary operation and maintenance manual.

5. Review preliminary test procedures and test data forms and provide
comments within 14 days of receipt from Commissioning Authority.
Review shall address the following:

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 17

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

a. Equipment protection and warranty issues, including, but not limited

to, manufacturers' installation and startup recommendations, and
operation and maintenance instructions.

b. Applicability of the procedure to the specific software, equipment,

and systems approved for installation.

6. After Contractor has reviewed and commented on the preliminary test

procedures and test data forms, Commissioning Authority will revise and
reis- sue the approved revised test procedures and test data forms
marked "Approved for Testing."

7. Use only approved test procedures and test data forms marked
"Approved for Testing" to perform and document tests and test
demonstrations.

G. Performance of Tests:

1. The sampling rate for tests is 100 percent. The sampling rate for test
demonstrations is 100 percent unless otherwise indicated.

2. Perform and complete each step of the approved test procedures in

the order listed.

3. Record data observed during performance of tests on approved data

forms at the time of test performance and when the results are
observed.

4. Record test results that are not within the range of acceptable results on
commissioning issue report forms in addition to recording the results on
approved test procedures and data forms according to the
"Commissioning Compliance Issues" Paragraph in this Article.

5. On completion of a test, sign the completed test procedure and data

form. Tests for which test procedures and data forms are incomplete,
not signed, or which indicate performance that does not comply with
acceptance criteria will be rejected. Tests for which test procedures and
data forms are rejected shall be repeated and results resubmitted.

H. Performance of Test Demonstration:

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 18

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

1. Perform test demonstrations on a sample of tests after test data

submittals are approved. The sampling rate for test demonstrations shall
be 100 per- cent unless otherwise indicated in the individual test
specification.

2. Notify Owner's witness at least three days in advance of each test

demonstration.

3. Perform and complete each step of the approved test procedures in

the or- der listed.

4. Record data observed during performance of test demonstrations on

ap- proved data forms at the time of demonstration and when the
results are observed.

5. Provide full access to Owner's witness to directly observe the

performance of all aspects of system response during the test
demonstration. On completion of a test demonstration, sign the
completed data form and obtain signature of Owner's witness at the
time of the test to authenticate the re- ported results.

6. Test demonstration data forms not signed by Contractor and Owner's

wit- ness at the time of the completion of the procedure will be rejected.
Test demonstrations for which data forms are rejected shall be repeated
and results shall be resubmitted.

a. Exception for Failure of Owner's Witness to Attend: Failure of Owner's

witness to be present for agreed-on schedule of test demonstration
shall not delay Contractor. If Owner's witness fails to attend a
scheduled test, Contractor shall proceed with the scheduled test.
On completion, Contractor shall sign the data form for Contractor
and for Owner's witness, and shall note the absence of Owner's
witness at the scheduled time and place.

7. False load test requirements are specified in related sections.

a. Where false load testing is specified, provide temporary equipment,

power, controls, wiring, piping, valves, and other necessary

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 19

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

equipment and connections required to apply the specified load to

the system. False load system shall be capable of steady-state
operation and modulation at the level of load specified. Equipment
and systems permanently installed in this work shall not be used to
create the false load without Engineer's written approval.

I. Deferred Tests:

1. Deferred Tests List: Identify, in the request for Certificate of Construction

Phase Commissioning Completion, proposed deferred tests or other
tests approved for deferral until specified seasonal or other conditions
are avail- able. When approved, deferred tests may be completed after
the date of Construction Phase Commissioning Completion. Identify
proposed deferred tests in the request for Certificate of Construction
Phase Commissioning Completion as follows:

a. Identify deferred tests by number and title.

b. Provide a target schedule for completion of deferred tests.

2. Schedule and coordinate deferred tests. Schedule deferred tests when

specified conditions are available. Notify Engineer and Commissioning
Authority at least three working days (minimum) in advance of tests.

3. Where deferred tests are specified, coordinate participation of

necessary personnel and of Engineer, Commissioning Authority, and
Owner's witness. Schedule deferred tests to minimize occupant and
facility impact. Obtain Engineer's approval of the proposed schedule.

J. Delayed Tests:

1. Delayed Tests List: Identify, in the request for Certificate of Construction

Phase Commissioning Completion, proposed delayed tests. Obtain
Owner approval of proposed delayed tests, including proposed
schedule of completion of each delayed test, before submitting request
for Certificate of Construction Phase Commissioning Completion.
Include the following in the request for Certificate of Construction Phase
Commissioning Completion:

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 20

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

a. Identify delayed tests by test number and title.

b. Written approval of proposed delayed tests, including approved

schedule of completion of delayed tests.

2. Schedule and coordinate delayed tests. Schedule delayed tests when

conditions that caused the delay have been rectified. Notify Engineer
and Commissioning Authority at least three working days (minimum) in
advance of tests.

3. Where delayed tests are approved, coordinate participation of

necessary personnel and of Engineer, Commissioning Authority, and
Owner's wit- ness. Schedule delayed tests to minimize occupant and
facility impact. Obtain Engineer's approval of the proposed schedule.

K. Commissioning Compliance Issues:

1. Test results that are not within the range of acceptable results are
commissioning compliance issues.

2. Track and report commissioning compliance issues until resolution and

re- testing are successfully completed.

3. If a test demonstration fails, determine the cause of failure. Direct timely

resolution of issue and then repeat the demonstration. If a test
demonstration must be repeated due to failure caused by Contractor
work or materials, reimburse Owner for billed costs for the participation
in the repeated demonstration.

4. Test Results: If a test demonstration fails to meet the acceptance criteria,

perform the following:

a. Complete a commissioning compliance issue report form promptly

on discovery of test results that do not comply with acceptance
criteria.

b. Submit commissioning compliance issue report form within 24 hours

of the test.

c. Determine the cause of the failure.

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 21

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

d. Establish responsibility for corrective action if the failure is due to

conditions found to be Contractor's responsibility.

5. Commissioning Compliance Issue Report: Provide a commissioning

compliance issue report for each issue. Do not report multiple issues on
the same commissioning compliance issue report.

a. Exception: If an entire class of devices is determined to exhibit the

identical issue, they may be reported on a single commissioning
compliance issue report. (For example, if all return-air damper
actuators that are specified to fail to the open position are found to
fail to the closed position, they may be reported on a single
commissioning issue report. If a single commissioning issue report is
used for multiple commissioning compliance issues, each device
shall be identified in the report, and the total number of devices at
issue shall be identified.

b. Complete and submit Part 1 of the commissioning compliance issue

report immediately when the condition is observed.

c. Record the commissioning compliance issue report number and de-

scribe the deficient condition on the data form.

d. Resolve commissioning compliance issues promptly. Complete and

submit Part 2 of the commissioning compliance issue report when is-
sues are resolved.

6. Diagnose and correct failed test demonstrations as follows:

a. Perform diagnostic tests and activities required to determine the

fundamental cause of issues observed.

b. Record each step of the diagnostic procedure prior to performing

the procedure. Update written procedure as changes become
necessary.

c. Record the results of each step of the diagnostic procedure.

d. Record the conclusion of the diagnostic procedure on the

fundamental cause of the issue.

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 22

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

e. Determine and record corrective measures.

f. Include diagnosis of fundamental cause of issues in commissioning

compliance issue report.

7. Retest:

a. Schedule and repeat the complete test procedure for each test
demonstration for which acceptable results are not achieved.
Obtain signature of Owner's witness on retest data forms. Repeat
test demonstration until acceptable results are achieved. Except for
is- sues that are determined to result from design errors or omissions,
or other conditions beyond Contractor's responsibility, compensate
Owner for direct costs incurred as the result of repeated test
demonstrations to achieve acceptable results.

b. For each repeated test demonstration, submit a new test data form,
marked "Retest."

8. Do not correct commissioning compliance issues during test

demonstrations.

a. Exceptions will be allowed if the cause of the issue is obvious and

resolution can be completed in less than five minutes. If corrections
are made under this exception, note the deficient conditions on the
test data form and issue a commissioning compliance issue report.
A new test data form, marked "Retest," shall be initiated after the
resolution has been completed.

3.6. COMMISSIONING MEETINGS

A. Commissioning Authority will schedule and conduct commissioning

meetings. Comply with requirements in Section 013113 "Project
Coordination."

3.7. SEQUENCING

A. Sequencing of Commissioning Verification Activities: For a particular

material, item of equipment, assembly, or system, perform the following
in the order listed unless otherwise indicated:

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 23

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

1. Construction Checklists:

a. Material checks.

b. Installation checks.

c. Start up, as appropriate. Some startup may depend on component

performance. Such startup may follow component performance
tests on which the startup depends.

d. Performance Tests:

• Static tests, as appropriate.

• Component performance tests. Some component performance

tests may depend on completion of startup. Such component
performance tests may follow startup.

• Equipment and assembly performance tests.

• System performance tests.

• Intersystem performance tests.

e. Commissioning tests.

B. Before performing commissioning tests, verify that materials, equipment,

assemblies, and systems are delivered, installed, started, and adjusted
to perform ac- cording to construction checklists.

C. Verify readiness of materials, equipment, assemblies, and systems by

performing tests prior to performing test demonstrations. Notify Engineer
if acceptable results cannot be achieved due to conditions beyond
Contractor's control or responsibility.

D. Commence tests as soon as installation checks for materials, equipment,

assemblies, or systems are satisfactorily completed. Tests of a particular
system may proceed prior to completion of other systems, provided the
incomplete work does not interfere with successful execution of test.

3.8. SCHEDULING

A. Commence commissioning as early in the construction period as

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 24

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

possible.

B. Commissioning Schedule: Integrate commissioning into Contractor's

construction schedule. See Section 013200 "Construction Progress
Documentation."

1. Include detailed commissioning activities in monthly updated

Contractor's construction schedule and short interval schedule
submittals.

2. Schedule the start date and duration for the following commissioning
activities:

a. Submittals.

b. Preliminary operation and maintenance manual submittals.

c. Installation checks.

d. Startup, where required.

e. Performance tests.

f. Performance test demonstrations.

• Commissioning tests.

• Commissioning test demonstrations.

g. Schedule shall include a line item for each installation check,

startup, and test activity specific to the equipment or systems
involved.

h. Determine milestones and prerequisites for commissioning. Show

commissioning milestones, prerequisites, and dependencies in
monthly updated critical-path-method construction schedule and
short interval schedule submittals.

C. Two-Week Look-Ahead Commissioning Schedule:

1. Two weeks prior to the beginning of tests, submit a detailed two-week

look- ahead schedule. Thereafter, submit updated two-week look-
ahead schedules weekly for the duration of commissioning.

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 25

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

2. Two-week look-ahead schedules shall identify the date, time, beginning

lo- cation, Contractor personnel required, and anticipated duration for
each startup or test activity.

3. Use two-week look-ahead schedules to notify and coordinate

participation of Owner's witnesses.

D. Owner's Witness Coordination:

1. Coordinate Owner's witness participation via Engineer.

2. Notify Engineer of commissioning schedule changes at least two work

days in advance for activities requiring the participation of Owner's
witness.

3.9. COMMISSIONING REPORTS

A. Test Reports:

1. Pre-startup reports include observations of the conditions of installation,

organized into the following sections:

a. Equipment Model Verification: Compare contract requirements,

ap- proved submittals, and provided equipment. Note
inconsistencies.

b. Preinstallation Physical Condition Checks: Observe physical

condition of equipment prior to installation. Note conditions
including, but not limited to, physical damage, corrosion, water
damage, or other contamination or dirt.

c. Preinstallation Component Verification Checks: Verify components

supplied with the equipment, preinstalled or field installed, are
correctly installed and functional. Verify external components
required for proper operation of equipment correctly installed and
functional. Note missing, improperly configured, improperly
installed, or non- functional components.

• Summary of Installation Compliance Issues and Corrective

Actions: Identify installation compliance issues and the corrective

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 26

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

actions for each. Verify that issues noted have been corrected.

• Evaluation of System Readiness for Startup: For each item of

equipment for each system for which startup is anticipated,
document in summary form acceptable to Owner completion of
equipment model verification, preinstallation physical condition
checks, preinstallation component verification checks, and
completion of corrective actions for installation compliance
issues.

B. Test data reports include the following:

1. "As-tested" system configuration. Complete record of conditions un- der

which the test was performed, including, but not limited to, the status of
equipment, systems, and assemblies; temporary adjustments and
settings; and ambient conditions.

2. Data and observations, including, but not limited to, data trend logs,
recorded during the tests.

3. Signatures of individuals performing and witnessing tests.

4. Data trend logs accumulated overnight from the previous day of

testing.

C. Commissioning Compliance Issues Reports: Report as commissioning

compliance issues results of tests and test demonstrations that do not
comply with acceptance criteria. Report only one issue per
commissioning compliance issue report. Use sequentially numbered
facsimiles of commissioning compliance issue report form included in this
Section, or other form approved by Owner. Distribute commissioning
compliance issue reports to parties responsible for taking corrective
action. Identify the following:

1. Commissioning compliance issue report number. Assign unique,

sequential numbers to individual commissioning compliance issue re-
ports when they are created, to be used for tracking.

2. Action distribution list.

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 27

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

3. Report date.

4. Test number and description.

5. Equipment identification and location.

6. Briefly describe observations about the performance associated with

failure to achieve acceptable results. Identify the cause of failure if
apparent.

7. Diagnostic procedure or plan to determine the cause (include in initial

submittal)

8. Diagnosis of fundamental cause of issues as specified below (include in

resubmittal).

9. Fundamental cause of unacceptable performance as determined by

diagnostic tests and activities.

10. When issues have been resolved, update and resubmit the
commissioning issue report forms by completing Part 2. Identify resolution
taken and the dates and initials of the persons making the entries.

11. Schedule for retesting.

D. Weekly progress reports include information for tests conducted since

the preceding report and the following:

1. Completed data forms.

2. Equipment or system tested, including test number, system or equipment

tag number and location, and notation about the apparent
acceptability of results.

3. Activities scheduled but not conducted per schedule.

4. Commissioning compliance issue report log.

5. Schedule changes for remaining Commissioning-Process Work, if any.

E. Data trend logs shall be initiated and running prior to the time scheduled
for the test demonstration.

1. Trend log data format shall be multiple data series graphs. Where

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 28

MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

multiple data series are trend logged concurrently, present the data on
a common horizontal time axis. Individual data series may be presented
on a segmented vertical axis to avoid interference of one data series
with another, and to accommodate different axis scale values. Graphs
shall be sufficiently clear to interpret data within the accuracy required
by the acceptance criteria.

2. Attach to the data form printed trend log data collected during the test
or test demonstration.

3. Record, print out, and attach to the data form operator activity during
the time the trend log is running. During the time the trend log is running,
operator intervention not directed by the test procedure invalidates the
test results.

F. System Alarm Logs: Record and print out a log of alarms that occurred
since the last log was printed. Evaluate alarms to determine if the
previous day's work resulted in any conditions that are not considered
"normal operation."

1. Conditions that are not considered "normal operation" shall be reported

on a commissioning issue report attached to the alarm log. Resolve as
necessary. The intent of this requirement is to discover control system
points or sequences left in manual or disabled conditions, equipment
left disconnected, set points left with abnormal values, or similar
conditions that may have resulted from failure to fully restore systems to
normal, automatic control after test completion.

3.10. CERTIFICATE OF CONSTRUCTION PHASE COMMISSIONING COMPLETION

A. When Contractor considers that construction phase commissioning, or

a portion thereof which Owner agrees to accept separately, is
complete, Contractor shall prepare and submit to Owner and
Commissioning Authority through Engineer a comprehensive list of items
to be completed or corrected. Failure to include an item on such list
does not alter Contractor's responsibility to compete commissioning.

B. On receipt of Contractor's list, Commissioning Authority will make an

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 29
MB1908 – VILLA (G+1+R+SB+GARAGE)

inspection to determine whether the construction phase commissioning

or designated portion thereof is complete. If Commissioning Authority's
inspection discloses items, whether included on Contractor's list, which
is not sufficiently complete as de- fined in "Construction Phase
Commissioning Completion" Paragraph in the "Definitions" Article,
Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Construction
Phase Completion, complete or correct such items on notification by
Com- missioning Authority. In such case, Contractor shall then submit a
request for another inspection by Commissioning Authority to determine
construction phase commissioning completion.

C. Contractor shall promptly correct deficient conditions and issues

discovered during commissioning. Costs of correcting such deficient
conditions and issues, including additional testing and inspections, the
cost of uncovering and replacement, and compensation for Engineer's
and Commissioning Authority's services and expenses made necessary
thereby, shall be at Contractor's expense.

D. When construction phase commissioning or designated portion is

complete, Commissioning Authority will prepare a Certificate of
Construction Phase Commissioning that shall establish the date of
completion of construction phase commissioning. Certificate of
Construction Phase Commissioning Completion shall be submitted prior
to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion.

End of Section 01 19 13

General Commissioning Requirement Section 01 91 13 - 30